PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES INC
10-Q, 1999-08-16
ELECTROMEDICAL & ELECTROTHERAPEUTIC APPARATUS
Previous: SPATIALIGHT INC, 10QSB, 1999-08-16
Next: WPI GROUP INC, 10-Q, 1999-08-16



                                    FORM 10-Q

                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   (Mark one)

          [X] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                    For quarterly period ended June 30, 1999

                                       OR

          [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

               For the transition period from ________ to ________

                         Commission file number: 0-22340

                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
               (Exact name of issuer as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>

                            Delaware                                                    04-3128178
- ------------------------------------------------------------------      --------------------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
</TABLE>

               45 HARTWELL AVENUE, LEXINGTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02421
               --------------------------------------------------
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

                                 (781) 676-7300
                 -----------------------------------------------
                (Issuer's telephone number, including area code)

         Check whether the issuer: (1) filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act during the past 12 months (or for such
shorter period that the  registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2)
has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  X  No
                                                                       ---   ---

         As of July 31, 1999,  10,077,987 shares of common stock, $.01 par value
per share, were outstanding.

       Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format (check one): Yes    No   X
                                                                     ---     ---

<PAGE>
               PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                      INDEX
<TABLE>
<S>      <C>      <C>                                                                                    <C>

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         ITEM 1.  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

                  Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets                                                   1

                  Consolidated Statements of Operations                                                   2

                  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity                               3

                  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows                                                   4

                  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                              5

         ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS                                          12

         RISK FACTORS                                                                                    18

         ITEM 3.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES
                  ABOUT MARKET RISK                                                                      22

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

         ITEM 1.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS                                                                      23

         ITEM 2.  CHANGES IN SECURITIES                                                                  24

         ITEM 3.  DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES                                                        24

         ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE
                  OF SECURITY HOLDERS                                                                    25

         ITEM 5.  OTHER INFORMATION                                                                      25

         ITEM 6.  EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K                                                       26

SIGNATURES                                                                                               27
</TABLE>

                                      -i-
<PAGE>


ITEM 1.  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED).

               PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

                                   (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>                    <C>

                                                                         December 31,              June 30,
                                                                             1998                    1999
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------
ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:

       Cash and cash equivalents                                              $1,874,718             $17,518,734
       Available-for-sale investments, at market value                                 -              17,796,284
       Accounts receivable, net                                                9,938,121               2,355,955
       Inventories                                                             5,416,342               3,978,105
       Other current assets                                                    1,056,388               3,477,791
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------
                Total current assets                                          18,285,569              45,126,869
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, AT COST, NET                                           3,314,087               1,459,757
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------

OTHER ASSETS:

       Cost in excess of net assets acquired, net                              1,699,983                 757,236
       Deferred financing costs                                                   58,923                       -
       Other noncurrent assets                                                   167,352                 154,427
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------
                Total other assets                                             1,926,258                 911,663
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------

                                                                             $23,525,914             $47,498,289
                                                                       ==================     ===================
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

       Current portion of long-term debt                                      $6,290,041              $2,974,907
       Accounts payable                                                        6,553,745                 581,222
       Accrued liabilities                                                    10,301,624              10,669,830
       Current portion of deferred revenue                                     1,143,796               1,214,082
       Other current liabilities                                                       -               3,239,556
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------
           Total current liabilities                                          24,289,206              18,679,597
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------

NET LIABILITIES OF DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS                                     1,680,171                       -
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------

LONG-TERM DEBT, NET OF CURRENT PORTION                                         3,150,000               2,844,242
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------

DEFERRED REVENUE, NET OF CURRENT PORTION                                         870,000                       -
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------

STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY:
       Preferred stock, $.01 par value-

           Authorized - 1,500,000 shares
           Issued and outstanding -
           6,993 shares and 6,000 shares
           at December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999, respectively                       69                      60
       Common stock, $.01 par value-
           Authorized - 45,000,000 shares
           Issued - 10,074,864 shares and 11,028,959 shares
           at December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999, respectively                  100,747                 110,288
       Additional paid-in capital                                            161,337,926             162,447,380
       Accumulated deficit                                                 (166,263,346)           (133,208,381)
       Unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments                               -                (53,964)
       Less: Treasury stock - 49,285 and 894,846 shares at cost
       at December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999, respectively                  (1,638,859)             (3,320,933)
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------
           Total stockholders' (deficit) equity                              (6,463,463)              25,974,450
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------
                                                                             $23,525,914             $47,498,289
                                                                       ==================     ===================
</TABLE>

                                      -1-
                   The accompanying notes are an integral part
                   of these consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                   (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>            <C>              <C>              <C>

                                                        Three Months Ended                Six Months Ended
                                                             June 30,                         June 30,

                                                       1998           1999              1998            1999
                                                   -------------  --------------   ---------------  --------------

REVENUES                                             $9,090,396      $5,529,177       $16,157,801     $19,007,786

COST OF REVENUES                                      4,812,456       4,237,045        11,148,701       9,207,021
                                                   -------------  --------------   ---------------  --------------

     Gross Margin                                     4,277,940       1,292,132         5,009,100       9,800,765
                                                   -------------  --------------   ---------------  --------------

OPERATING EXPENSES

     Research and development                         1,943,523       2,504,746         4,108,523       4,630,729
     Sales and marketing                              3,526,770       1,618,800         6,029,885       5,717,222
     General and administrative                       2,359,142       1,485,378         5,203,001       3,157,632
     Costs incurred for proxy contest                         -         624,627                 -         624,627
     Settlement costs                                         -         750,000                 -         750,000
                                                   -------------  --------------   ---------------  --------------
        Total operating expenses                      7,829,435       6,983,551        15,341,409      14,880,210
                                                   -------------  --------------   ---------------  --------------

        Loss from operations                         (3,551,495)     (5,691,419)      (10,332,309)     (5,079,445)

GAIN FROM SALE OF SUBSIDIARY (NOTE 1)                         -      47,090,876                 -      47,090,876
SWISS FRANC REDEMPTION (NOTE 8)                               -      (6,167,369)                 -     (6,167,369)
INTEREST INCOME                                           1,065         401,937            29,544         407,634
INTEREST EXPENSE                                       (409,088)       (192,969)         (829,335)       (363,916)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET                              (8,935)        257,291           324,965         279,637
                                                   -------------  --------------   ---------------  --------------

        (LOSS) INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
        BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES            (3,968,453)      35,698,347      (10,807,135)      36,167,417

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                                    -        2,500,000                 -       2,500,000
                                                   -------------  --------------   ---------------  --------------
        (LOSS) INCOME FROM CONTINUING
        OPERATIONS                                   (3,968,453)      33,198,347      (10,807,135)      33,667,417

LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (NOTE 10)

        Loss from operations                         (1,090,885)        (435,000)      (1,090,885)        (435,000)
        Loss on disposal                             (1,533,295)               -       (1,533,295)               -
                                                   -------------  --------------   ---------------  --------------
        NET LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS        (2,624,180)        (435,000)      (2,624,180)        (435,000)
                                                   =============  ==============   ===============  ==============
        NET (LOSS) INCOME                           $(6,592,633)     $32,763,347     $(13,431,315)     $33,232,417
                                                   =============  ==============   ===============  ==============

BASIC NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE:

        Continuing operations                        $    (0.48)      $     3.22      $     (1.45)      $     3.27
        Discontinued operations                           (0.29)          (0.04)            (0.32)          (0.04)
                                                   -------------  --------------   ---------------  --------------
        TOTAL BASIC NET (LOSS) INCOME PER
             SHARE                                   $    (0.77)      $     3.18      $     (1.77)      $     3.23

BASIC WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES               9,047,185      10,284,035         8,234,764      10,239,338
                                                   =============  ==============   ===============  ==============

DILUTED NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE:

     Continuing operations                          $    (0.48)      $     3.02      $     (1.45)      $     3.03
     Discontinued operations                        $    (0.29)           (0.04)           (0.32)           (0.04)
                                                   -------------  --------------   ---------------  --------------
        TOTAL DILUTED NET (LOSS) INCOME PER
        SHARE                                       $    (0.77)      $     2.98      $     (1.77)      $     2.99

DILUTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES             9,047,185      11,033,819         8,234,764      11,183,627
                                                   =============  ==============   ===============  ==============


                                       -2-
                   The accompanying notes are an integral part
                   of these consolidated financial statements.

<PAGE>


                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
                                   (UNAUDITED)

                                                         Preferred Stock               Common Stock               Treasury Stock
                                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Number    $0.01           Number      $0.01          Number
                                                          of       Par Value     of Shares  Par Value        of Shares    Cost
                                                         Shares
                                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998                                 6,993       $69      10,074,864   $100,747      (49,285)    ($1,638,859)

     Issuance of common stock for 1998 employer 401(k)
          matching contribution                                -         -          32,561        326            -               -
     Conversion of preferred stock                          (340)       (3)         74,905        749            -               -
     Conversion of convertible debentures                      -         -         377,760      3,778            -               -
     Redemption of preferred stock                          (653)       (6)              -          -            -               -
     Redemption of common stock related to
          Swiss Franc convertible debentures                             -                          -     (130,576)       (575,348)
     Purchase of treasury stock                                          -                          -     (250,700)     (1,102,084)
     Issuance of common stock for  Employee Stock
          Purchase Plan                                        -         -           4,584         46            -               -
     Issuance of escrow shares to treasury                               -         464,285      4,642     (464,285)         (4,642)
     Costs incurred related to the issuance of common
          stock                                                -         -               -          -            -               -
     Unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments                   -               -          -            -               -
     Preferred stock dividends                                 -         -               -          -            -               -
     Net income                                                -         -               -          -            -               -
                                                        ===========================================================================
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1999                                     6,000       $60      11,028,959   $110,288     (894,846)    ($3,320,933)
                                                        ===========================================================================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>             <C>                   <C>

                                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Additional                        Unrealized Loss         Total
                                                         Paid-in         Accumulated           on              Stockholders'
                                                         Capital           Deficit       Available-for-Sale      (Deficit)
                                                                                            Investments            Equity
                                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998                              $161,337,926  $ ($166,263,346)     $        -             $  (6,463,463)

     Issuance of common stock for 1998 employer 401(k)
          matching contribution                              206,333                -               -                   206,659
     Conversion of preferred stock                            62,665                -               -                    63,411
     Conversion of convertible debentures                  1,802,296                -               -                 1,806,074
     Redemption of preferred stock                          (781,381)               -               -                  (781,387)
     Redemption of common stock related to
        Swiss Franc convertible debentures                         -                -               -                  (575,348)
     Purchase of treasury stock                                    -                -               -                (1,102,084)
     Issuance of common stock for  Employee Stock
          Purchase Plan                                       18,041                -               -                    18,087
     Issuance of escrow shares to treasury                         -                -               -                         -
     Costs incurred related to the issuance of common
          stock                                             (198,500)               -               -                   (198,500)
     Unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments             -                -         (53,964)                   (53,964)
     Preferred stock dividends                                     -         (177,452)              -                   (177,452)
     Net income                                                    -       33,232,417               -                 33,232,417
                                                        ===========================================================================
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1999                                  $162,447,380  $ ($133,208,381)       ($53,964)               $25,974,450
                                                        ===========================================================================
</TABLE>


                                       3
                   The accompanying notes are an integral part
                   of these consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>

                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<S>  <C>                                                                       <C>                  <C>

                                                                                       Six Months Ended June 30,
                                                                                      1998                 1999
                                                                               -------------------  -------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     Net (Loss) Income                                                              $(13,431,315)           33,232,417
        Less: Net Loss from discontinued operations                                   (2,624,180)            (435,000)
                                                                               -------------------  -------------------
     Net (Loss) Income from continuing operations                                    (10,807,135)           33,667,417
                                                                               -------------------  -------------------

     Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income from continuing operations
         to net cash used in operating activities-
        Depreciation and amortization                                                   1,372,120              873,603
        Non-cash interest expense related to debt                                         171,000                    -
        Unrealized gain on marketable securities                                        (332,965)                    -
        Gain from sale of subsidiary                                                           -           (47,090,876)
        Redemption of common stock held by Swiss Franc debenture holders                       -             6,167,369
        Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from sale of
          subsidiary
           Net sale of marketable trading securities                                    1,840,395                    -
           Accounts receivable                                                        (3,033,274)            2,367,166
           Inventories                                                                  1,785,358          (1,067,763)
           Other current assets                                                           604,470          (2,456,403)
           Accounts payable                                                             (649,765)          (4,119,523)
           Accrued expenses                                                               400,354            1,589,202
           Other current liabilities                                                            -            3,239,556
                                                                                                -             (799,714)
                                                                               -------------------  -------------------
                 Net cash used in operating activities                                 (8,649,442)          (7,629,966)
                                                                               -------------------  -------------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     Purchases of property and equipment                                                (233,069)            (249,691)
     Purchases of available-for-sale investments                                               -          (17,850,248)
     Proceeds from the sale of subsidiary, net of cash on hand $288,000                        -            49,448,023
     Increase in other assets                                                           (470,252)               10,925
     Increase in notes receivable                                                        (86,818)                    -
                                                                               -------------------  -------------------
                 Net cash used in investing activities                                  (790,139)           31,359,009
                                                                               -------------------  -------------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     Redemption of convertible debentures                                             (2,196,667)                   -
     Net proceeds from the issuance of notes payable and advances from                  3,394,070              750,000
     distributor
     Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                             6,874,482                   -
     Proceeds from exercise of warrants, stock options and Employee Stock
          Purchase Plan                                                                         -               18,087
     Costs incurred related to issuance of common stock                                  (100,000)            (198,500)
     Payments on line of credit                                                                 -           (1,000,000)
     Payment on Swiss Franc convertible debentures                                              -           (1,365,931)
     Purchase of treasury stock                                                                 -           (1,102,084)
     Payment on note payable                                                                    -           (2,290,041)
     Redemption of preferred stock                                                     (3,791,889)            (781,387)
                                                                               -------------------  -------------------
                 Net cash provided by financing activities                              4,179,996          (5,969,856)
                                                                               -------------------  -------------------
NET (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                           (5,259,585)           17,759,187
NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS                                  3,462,141          (2,115,171)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD                                      3,003,300            1,874,718
                                                                               ===================  ===================
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF THE PERIOD                                           $1,205,856          $17,518,734
                                                                               ===================  ===================

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

     Cash paid for interest                                                            $1,022,863             $264,934
                                                                               ===================  ===================

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH FINANCING AND INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
     Conversion of convertible debentures and related accrued

        interest, net of financing fees                                                $6,076,994           $1,806,074
                                                                               ===================  ===================

     Conversion of preferred stock                                                       $480,659              $63,411
                                                                               ===================  ===================

     Issuance of common stock for 1997 and 1998 employer 401(k)

        matching contribution                                                            $254,282             $206,659
                                                                               ===================  ===================

     Unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments                                   $      -              $53,964
                                                                               ===================  ===================
</TABLE>

                                        4
                   The accompanying notes are an integral part
                   of these consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>


                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.       BASIS OF PRESENTATION

         The accompanying  unaudited consolidated financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim
information.  Accordingly,  they  do not  include  all of  the  information  and
footnotes  required by generally  accepted  accounting  principles  for complete
financial statements. The results of operations for the interim periods shown in
this report are not  necessarily  indicative of expected  results for any future
interim period or for the entire fiscal year. Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc.
and its  subsidiaries  (the "Company" or "Palomar")  believes that the quarterly
information presented includes all adjustments (consisting of normal,  recurring
adjustments)  necessary for a fair  presentation  in accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.  The accompanying financial statements and notes
should be read in conjunction with the Company's Form 10-K as amended, as of and
for the year ended December 31, 1998.

         On December 7, 1998, the Company  entered into an Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization (the "Agreement") with Coherent, Inc. ("Coherent") to sell all of
the issued and outstanding common stock of Palomar's Star Medical  Technologies,
Inc.  subsidiary  ("Star").  This  sale  was  approved  by  a  majority  of  the
stockholders  of Palomar on April 21,  1999 and on April 27,  1999,  the Company
completed the sale of Star to Coherent.  The total purchase price for all of the
issued and outstanding capital stock of Star was $65 million,  paid in cash. The
purchase  price  was paid to the  shareholders  of Star in  proportion  to their
holdings of Star capital  stock.  On the date of sale,  Palomar  owned 82.46% of
Star. Palomar received net proceeds of $49,736,023, of which $3,254,908 is being
held in escrow for one year as security for any claims  which  Coherent may have
under the Agreement,  resulting in a gain of $47,090,876. In addition, under the
terms of the Agreement the Company will receive an ongoing  royalty of 7.5% from
Coherent  on the sale of any  products  by  Coherent  that  incorporate  certain
patented  technology or use certain patented methods  currently  licensed by the
Company on an exclusive basis from Massachusetts General Hospital.

         On April 21, 1999, a majority of the Company's  stockholders'  approved
an amendment to the Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation to effect a plan of
recapitalization that resulted in a one-for-seven reverse split of the Company's
common  stock  and  that  reduced  the  Company's  authorized  capital  stock to
45,000,000  shares of common stock and 1,500,000  shares of preferred stock. All
share and per share amounts of common stock for all periods  presented have been
retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split.

2.       CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

         Cash  equivalents   consists   principally  of  corporate  notes,  U.S.
government-agency  securities,  commercial paper,  money market funds, and other
marketable  securities  purchased  with an original  maturity of three months or
less. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates market value.

3.       MARKETABLE SECURITIES

         The Company's marketable equity securities with maturities greater than
90  days  are  considered  available-for-sale  investments  in the  accompanying
balance sheet and are carried at market value, with the difference  between cost
and market value, net of related tax effects,  recorded as a separate  component
of shareholders'  (deficit) equity.  The aggregate market value, cost basis, and
gross unrealized losses of available-for-sale investments are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                           <C>               <C>             <C>

                                                         Market             Cost              Gross
                                                          Value             Basis        Unrealized Loss
                                                       -----------       -----------     ---------------

         Available-for-sale securities:

         Corporate and municipal debt securities       $17,796,284       $17,850,248         $53,964
                                                       ===========       ===========     ===============
</TABLE>


                                       5
                   The accompanying notes are an integral part
                   of these consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         Available-for-sale  investments  in the  accompanying  balance sheet at
June 30, 1999 include debt securities of $9,708,572 with contractual  maturities
of one year or less, $8,141,676 million with contractual maturities of more than
one year  through  five years.  Actual  maturities  may differ from  contractual
maturities as a result of the Company's intent to sell these securities prior to
maturity and as a result of call features of the  securities  that enable either
the Company,  the issuer, or both to redeem these securities at an earlier date.
Unrealized  holding  losses  totaling  $53,964  on such  debt  securities,  were
deducted from  stockholders'  (deficit)  equity during six months ended June 30,
1999.

4.       INVENTORIES

         Inventories  are  stated  at lower  of cost  (first-in,  first-out)  or
market. Work in process and finished goods inventories  include material,  labor
and manufacturing overhead and consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>                                    <C>                  <C>

                                                                    December 31,           June 30,
                                                                        1998                 1999

                                                                  ------------------   ----------------
                           Raw materials                               $2,478,289          $1,520,703
                           Work-in-process                              1,330,822           1,341,205
                           Finished goods                             1,607,231            1,116,197
                                                                   ----------------    ----------------
                                                                   ================    ================
                                                                      $5,416,342           $3,978,105
                                                                   ================    ================
</TABLE>

5.       PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

         Property and equipment consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<S>                         <C>                                    <C>                 <C>

                                                                      December 31,        June 30,
                                                                         1998               1999

                                                                   ------------------  ----------------
                            Machinery and equipment                      $6,022,320       $4,728,081
                            Furniture and fixtures                        1,120,450          941,790
                            Leasehold improvements                          567,216                0
                                                                   ------------------  ----------------
                                                                          7,709,986        5,669,871

                            Less:  Accumulated depreciation
                                    and amortization                      4,395,899        4,210,114
                                                                   ------------------  ----------------
                                                                         $3,314,087       $1,459,757
                                                                    =================  ================
</TABLE>


                                       6
                   The accompanying notes are an integral part
                   of these consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>

                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.       NET INCOME LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

         Basic net income (loss) per share was determined by dividing net income
(loss) by the weighted  average  common  shares  outstanding  during the period.
Diluted net income  (loss) per share was  determined  by dividing  net income by
diluted  weighted  average shares  outstanding.  Diluted weighted average shares
reflect the  dilutive  effect,  if any,  of common  stock  options  based on the
treasury  stock method and the assumed  conversion of all debt  obligations  and
convertible  preferred stock and the elimination of related interest expense and
preferred  stock  dividends.  The  calculations  of basic and  diluted  weighted
average shares outstanding are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S><C>                                                     <C>             <C>            <C>           <C>

                                                               Three Months Ended           Six Months Ended
                                                                    June 30,                    June 30,
                                                           ---------------------------- ---------------------------
                                                              1998          1999          1998           1999
                                                           ------------- -------------- ------------- -------------
  Basic weighted average common
    shares outstanding                                       9,047,185     10,284,035     8,234,764     10,239,338

  Potential common shares pursuant to:

    Stock options and warrants                                       -        110,086             -         83,514
    Convertible preferred stock                                      -        415,529             -        468,288
    Convertible debentures                                           -        224,169             -        392,487
                                                           ----------------------------------------- --------------
  Diluted weighted average common
    shares outstanding                                       9,047,185     11,033,819     8,234,764     11,183,627
                                                           ========================================= ==============
</TABLE>

         The Company's net income  (loss) per share from  continuing  operations
for the three and six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1999 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Three Months Ended                         Six Months Ended
                                                             June 30,                                  June 30,
<S><C>    <C>    <C>                          <C>                  <C>                  <C>                 <C>
                                              ---------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------
                                                    1998                 1999                 1998                 1999
                                              ------------------   ------------------   ------------------  -------------------
  Net (loss) income from                           $(3,968,453)          $33,198,347        $(10,807,135)          $33,667,417
       continuing operations
  Preferred stock dividends                           (401,614)             (80,226)          (1,146,435)            (177,452)
                                              ------------------   ------------------   ------------------  -------------------
  Adjusted net (loss) income                       $(4,370,067)          $33,118,121        $(11,953,570)          $33,489,965
                                              ==================   ==================   ==================  ===================

  Basic net (loss) income per common share
  from continuing operations                            $(0.48)                $3.22              $(1.45)                $3.27
                                              ==================   ==================   ==================  ===================

  Basic weighted average number of shares
  outstanding                                         9,047,185           10,284,035            8,234,764           10,239,338
                                              ==================   ==================   ==================  ===================
</TABLE>

         As of June 30, 1998 and 1999,  3,928,083 and 3,010,354 weighted average
common  equivalent  shares,  respectively,  were  not  included  in the  diluted
weighted average shares outstanding as they were antidilutive.


                                       7
                   The accompanying notes are an integral part
                   of these consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>

                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.      COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

         The Company adopted SFAS 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, effective
January 1, 1998.  SFAS 130  established  standards  for reporting and display of
comprehensive (loss) income and its components in the financial statements.  The
Company's only item of other  comprehensive  income relates to unrealized losses
on its available-for-sale investments and is presented separately on the balance
sheet as  required.  A  reconciliation  of  comprehensive  (loss)  income  is as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Three Months Ended                         Six Months Ended
                                                             June 30,                                  June 30,
<S>                                           <C>                  <C>                  <C>                 <C>
                                              ---------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------
                                                    1998                 1999                 1998                 1999
                                              ------------------   ------------------   ------------------  -------------------
                                              ------------------   ------------------   ------------------  -------------------
  Net (loss) income from continuing                $(3,968,453)          $33,198,347        $(10,807,135)          $33,667,417
       operations
  Unrealized loss on available-for-sale
       investments                                   ---                     (53,964)           ---                    (53,964)
                                              ------------------   ------------------   ------------------  -------------------
  Comprehensive (loss) income from
       continuing operations                       $(3,968,453)          $33,144,383        $(10,807,135)          $33,613,453
                                              ==================   ==================   ==================  ===================
</TABLE>

8.       NOTES PAYABLE

         Notes payable consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                  <C>                  <C>
                                                                                       December 31,           June 30,
                                                                                           1998                 1999
                                                                                     -----------------    -----------------
  Dollar denominated convertible debentures                                              $2,150,000             $500,000
  Swiss Franc denominated convertible debentures                                                  -            5,319,149
  Note payable issued in connection with guaranty on behalf of

           discontinued subsidiary                                                        2,290,041                    -
  Revolving line of credit with a bank                                                    1,000,000                    -
  Short-term notes payable to Coherent                                                    4,000,000                    -
                                                                                     -----------------    -----------------
                                                                                          9,440,041            5,819,149
  Less - current maturities                                                               6,290,041            2,974,907
                                                                                     -----------------    -----------------
                                                                                         $3,150,000           $2,844,242
                                                                                     =================    =================
</TABLE>

(A)     DOLLAR DENOMINATED CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

        During the first six months of 1999, the Company converted $1,650,000 of
its 6%, 7% and 8% convertible  debentures due March 31, 2002, including $176,483
of accrued interest, into 377,760 shares of the Company's common stock.


                                       8
                   The accompanying notes are an integral part
                   of these consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>

                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(B)      SWISS FRANC DENOMINATED CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

        During the three  months  ended June 30,  1999,  the Company  recorded a
redemption expense of $6,167,369  million as a result of a compromise  agreement
between  Palomar  and  certain  European  banks that had held 4.5%  Swiss  Franc
subordinated  convertible  debentures  originally  totaling  approximately  $8.2
million  due in 2003.  Under the terms of this April 21, 1999  agreement,  which
resolved a lawsuit,  Palomar agreed to rescind its conversion  notices issued in
November  1997.  Through  these  conversion   notices,   Palomar  converted  the
subordinated debentures into 130,576 shares of the Company's common stock. Since
the  conversion  date,  the  Company  had  treated  these  shares as issued  and
outstanding.  Under the terms of the agreement the Company agreed to pay a total
of approximately  $6,741,867 to the European banks, of which $1,365,931 has been
paid as of June 30, 1999 and an additional $2,974,659 was paid during July 1999.
The remaining  amounts due under this  obligation are due in 2001.  Accordingly,
the Company  has  recorded a charge to  operations  of  $6,167,369.  This amount
represents the total amount due to the European banks less the fair market value
of the redemption of the common shares previously considered  outstanding by the
Company.

(C)      NOTE  PAYABLE   ISSUED  IN  CONNECTION   WITH  GUARANTY  ON  BEHALF  OF
         DISCONTINUED SUBSIDIARY

         In  connection  with  the  divestiture  of  one  of  its   discontinued
operations,  the Company entered into a Loan and  Subscription  Agreement with a
bank for  $3,233,000.  This promissory note represents the settlement of amounts
owed to the bank by Palomar's former Comtel,  Inc.  subsidiary and by Palomar in
connection  with a guarantee  from Palomar in favor of the bank.  Principal  and
interest payments were being made over 24 months,  beginning  December 31, 1997,
with interest accruing at the bank's prime rate plus 2.25%. This promissory note
was  collateralized  by 464,286 shares of the Company's common stock,  which was
held in escrow.  On May 3, 1999,  the Company  paid off the balance of this note
(totaling  $2,020,625),  and the  shares  of the  Company's  common  stock  were
released from escrow and returned to the Company.  The Company has accounted for
the return of the shares as an  increase  to its  treasury  stock.

(D)      REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT

         The Company  had a  $10,000,000  revolving  line of credit with a bank.
This line of credit  was to mature on March 31,  2000 and bore  interest  at the
bank's  prime  rate.  Borrowings  under  this line of  credit  were  secured  by
substantially  all assets of the  Company and were  limited to 80% of  qualified
accounts receivable.  A director of Palomar personally guaranteed all borrowings
under this line of credit. The Company repaid all amounts outstanding under this
line of credit on April 27, 1999, and cancelled this line of credit.

(E)      SHORT-TERM NOTES PAYABLE

         Through March 31, 1999, the Company's Star subsidiary  borrowed a total
of $4,750,000  from Coherent in the form of notes  payable.  These notes accrued
interest at 8.5% per annum and were collateralized by Star's inventory. Coherent
assumed  this debt in  connection  with its  purchase  of all of the  issued and
outstanding common stock of Star on April 27, 1999. See Note 1.


                                       9
                   The accompanying notes are an integral part
                   of these consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>

                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9.       STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY

(A)      CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

         During the first quarter of 1999,  the Company  converted 340 shares of
Series G Preferred  Stock and accrued  dividends  and  interest of $63,411  into
74,905 shares of the Company's common stock.

         During the second quarter of 1999,  the Company  redeemed 403 shares of
Series G Preferred Stock and 250 shares of Series H Preferred Stock for $902,396
including related accrued dividends and interest of $121,009.

(B)      OPTIONS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

         During the six months ended June 30, 1999, the Company  granted options
to purchase  929,327  shares of the  Company's  common stock at exercise  prices
ranging from $3.1875 to $10.50 per share.  No options were exercised  during the
six months  ended June 30,  1999.  During  the six  months  ended June 30,  1999
options to purchase  37,238  shares of the  Company's  common  stock at exercise
prices ranging from $3.1875 to $10.50 per share expired.

(C)      WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

         During the six months ended June 30, 1999, the Company granted warrants
to purchase 113,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of
$3.1875 per share.  No warrants were exercised  during the six months ended June
30, 1999. During the six months ended June 30, 1999, warrants to purchase 88,899
shares of the Company's  common stock at exercise  prices ranging from $14.00 to
$72.625 per share expired.

(D)      RESERVED SHARES

         As of June 30,  1999,  the  Company had  reserved  shares of its common
stock for the following:
<TABLE>
<S>            <C>                                             <C>

                                                                    June 30, 1999

                                                                ----------------------
               Convertible debentures                                      188,635
               Stock option plans                                        4,686,828
               Warrants                                                  2,821,119
               Employee 401(k) plan                                         46,697
               Employee Stock Purchase Plan                                126,764
               Convertible preferred stock                                  85,714
                                                                ======================
                              Total                                      7,955,757
                                                                ======================
</TABLE>

         Substantially   all  of  the  reserved   shares   reflected  above  are
exercisable  at prices in excess of the current  market  price of the  Company's
common stock.


                                       10

                   The accompanying notes are an integral part
                   of these consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>

                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10.      DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

         On December 31, 1997 the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement and
sold 500,000 shares of the common stock of Nexar Technologies, Inc. ("Nexar") to
GFL  Advantage  Fund  Limited  ("GFL")  for  $2,000,000.  Under the terms of the
Exchange  Agreement,  Palomar  guaranteed GFL a minimum selling price of $5.00 a
share with  respect to 400,000  shares of the Nexar common stock over a two year
time  period.  The Company  therefore  would have been  obligated  to pay GFL on
January 1, 2000 the difference between $5.00 and the price at which GFL sold the
shares of Nexar  common  stock.  As of March 31, 1999,  the  deferred  liability
related to this transaction  totaled $1,680,171 and represented the total amount
due to GFL after GFL sold all of its 400,000  shares of Nexar common stock.  The
Company paid this obligation on May 3, 1999.

         During the second  quarter of 1998,  the Company sold all of the issued
and outstanding  common stock of its subsidiary,  Dynaco Corp.  ("Dynaco").  The
Company  recognized  a  loss  from  discontinued   operations  of  approximately
$1,091,000  related  to  operations  of  Dynaco  through  disposition  that  was
previously not accrued.  During the second quarter of 1998, the Company recorded
a charge to discontinued  operations of $1,525,000 due to management's  decision
to write down the carrying value of its investment in Nexar.

         During  the second  quarter of 1999,  the  Company  paid and  settled a
lawsuit related to the operations of Dynaco for $435,000.

         Summarized financial information for the discontinued  operations is as
follows:
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>                                  <C>

                                                    Three Months Ended                   Six Months Ended
                                                         June 30,                            June 30,

                                                    1998           1999                 1998          1999
                                              -------------------------------      -----------------------------
  Revenues                                         $2,125,580       $--               $5,745,750       $--
  Net loss from discontinued operations           $(2,624,180)    $(435,000)         $(2,624,180)    $(435,000)
</TABLE>

11.      COMMITMENTS

         On June 17, 1999,  the Company  entered into a 10 year lease  agreement
for its  operating  facilities.  Under  the  terms  of  this  lease  the  annual
commitment is  approximately  $890,000 for the first five years of the agreement
and $980,000 for the second five years of the agreement.

         In July 1999,  the  Company  entered  into an  amendment  to extend its
exclusive  research  agreement with  Massachusetts  General Hospital for another
five years.  In addition to laser hair removal,  the agreement has been expanded
to include  research and development in the use of laser to remove fat and treat
acne.  Under the terms of this  agreement,  the Company is  obligated to pay MGH
$475,000  for  clinical  research  on an annual  basis  during  the term of this
extension.

                                       11

                   The accompanying notes are an integral part
                   of these consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND
         RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

(A)      OVERVIEW

         On December 7, 1998, the Company  entered into an Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization  with Coherent to sell all of the issued and  outstanding  common
stock of Star. The total  purchase  price for all of the issued and  outstanding
capital stock of Star was $65 million, paid in cash. The purchase price was paid
to the  shareholders  of Star in  proportion  to their  holdings of Star capital
stock.  This sale was approved by a majority of the  stockholders  of Palomar on
April 21, 1999,  and on April 27, 1999,  Palomar  completed  the sale of Star to
Coherent.  On the date of the  sale,  Palomar  owned  82.46%  of  Star.  Palomar
received net proceeds of $49,736,023 of which $3,254,908 is being held in escrow
for one year as  security  for any  claims  which  Coherent  may have  under the
Agreement.  In  addition,  under the terms of the  Agreement,  the Company  will
receive an ongoing  royalty of 7.5% from Coherent on the sale of any products by
Coherent that incorporate  certain  patented  technology or use certain patented
methods   currently   licensed  by  the  Company  on  an  exclusive  basis  from
Massachusetts General Hospital.

         As a result of the consummation of the transaction discussed above, the
Company  revenues will decline  significantly  in the near term because  Palomar
will no longer be selling the  LightSheer(TM)  diode laser manufactured by Star.
For the six months ended June 30, 1999 and 1998 gross revenues  associated  with
Star's  LightSheer(TM)  diode laser  comprised  77.0% and 55.9% of the Company's
total  revenues,  respectively.  Accordingly,  the Company  expects to incur net
losses from operations over the next few quarters.  The successful  introduction
and  marketing  of new  products  will be  critical to the  Company's  long-term
success,  since a significant  portion of the Company's  revenue base previously
generated  from  Star's  LightSheer(TM)  laser  will  need to be  replaced  with
revenues from other laser  products,  including the Palomar E2000TM hair removal
laser  introduced in March of 1999 and other products  currently in development.
There can be no  assurance  that the  Palomar  E2000TM or the  Company's  future
products will achieve market acceptance or generate  sufficient  margins.  Broad
market  acceptance  of laser hair  removal  is also  critical  to the  Company's
success. The Company recognizes the need and intends to broaden its product line
by developing cosmetic laser products other than hair removal lasers.

(B)      RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

         (i)      REVENUES AND GROSS  PROFIT:  THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999,
                  COMPARED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998

         For the three  months  ended  June 30,  1999,  the  Company's  revenues
decreased  to $5.5  million,  as compared to $9.1  million for the three  months
ended June 30, 1998. The decrease in the Company's revenues of $3.6 million,  or
39% from the three months ended June 30, 1998,  was mainly due to the  reduction
in sales volume of $4.8 million associated with the  LightSheer(TM)  diode laser
manufactured  by Star.  The  Company  sold Star to Coherent on April 27, 1999 as
discussed  above.  This  decrease  was offset by an increase of $1.2  million in
other cosmetic revenues and royalties received by the Company from Coherent. The
Company anticipates that sales volumes from its E2000 TM laser system introduced
during  the first  quarter  of 1999 will not  increase  substantially  until the
Company  manufactures this unit in high volume,  overcomes product  introduction
issues, and achieves further manufacturing efficiencies.

         Gross profit for the three months ended June 30, 1999 was approximately
$1.3 million (23% of  revenues)  compared to $4.3 million (47% of revenues)  for
the three  months  ended June 30,  1998.  The decrease in gross profit and gross
profit  percentage  was mainly due to the  reduction in sales volume  associated
with the LightSheer(TM) diode laser manufactured by Star and sold to Coherent on
April 27, 1999. The decrease in gross profit dollars was partially offset by the
gross margin  related to the sales of the Palomar  E2000TM  hair  removal  laser
system and royalties  earned from  Coherent.  The Company  anticipates  that its
gross profit  percentage from sales of the Palomar E2000TM will be significantly
less than the gross profit from its former  LightSheer(TM)  product,  unless and
until the Company achieves volume production and manufacturing efficiencies, and
overcomes product introduction issues related to the Palomar E2000 TM.


                                       12
<PAGE>

         (ii)     OPERATING  AND OTHER  EXPENSES:  THREE  MONTHS  ENDED JUNE 30,
                  1999, COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998

         Research and development  costs increased to $2.5 million for the three
months  ended June 30,  1999,  from $1.9 million for the three months ended June
30, 1998.  Research and development  expenses as a percentage of revenue totaled
45% for the three  months ended June 30, 1999 and 21% for the three months ended
June 30, 1998. The increase as a percentage of sales is directly attributable to
the reduction in sales volume  associated  with the  LightSheer(TM)  diode laser
manufactured  by Star  while the  Company  continued  to  increase  the  overall
spending on research and  development.  The  continued  spending on research and
development  reflects the Company's  commitment to research and  development for
devices and  delivery  systems for  cosmetic  and medical  applications  using a
variety of lasers, while continuing dermatology research utilizing the Company's
ruby and diode lasers.  Among the Company's  research and  development  goals in
hair  removal is to design  systems  permitting  more rapid  treatment  of large
areas, and to produce systems with high gross margins.  Management believes that
research and development expenditures will remain constant over the next year as
the Company  continues  product  development  and clinical trials for additional
applications   for  its  lasers  and  delivery   systems  in  the  cosmetic  and
dermatological  markets.  The Company has recently  entered into an amendment to
its existing  Clinical Trial  Agreement  with  Massachusetts  General  Hospital,
pursuant  to which it will fund a minimum of $475,000  per year for  research in
the   fields  of  photo   thermal   removal/reduction   of  hair,   non-invasive
electromagnetic targeting of subcutaneous fat, and treating sebaceous glands and
related skin disorders (e.g., acne) using infrared light (except when externally
applied  chromophores are used),  and obtain  exclusive  license rights in these
fields, over the next five years.

         Selling  and  marketing  expenses  decreased  to $1.6  million  (29% of
revenues)  for the three  months ended June 30, 1999,  from  approximately  $3.5
million (39% of revenues) for the three months ended June 30, 1998. The decrease
in selling and marketing  expenses is directly  attributable to the reduction in
sales volumes due to the sale of Star to Coherent and related  commissions  paid
to Coherent as the former  exclusive  distributor for the  LightSheer(TM)  diode
laser manufactured by Star.

         General and  administrative  expenses decreased to $1.5 million (27% of
revenues)  for the three months ended June 30, 1999, as compared to $2.4 million
(26% of revenues)  for the three months ended June 30, 1998.  This  decrease for
the  three  months  ended  June  30,  1999  is  attributable  to  the  Company's
restructuring  and  consolidation  of  administrative  functions  related to the
Company's Esthetica Partners, Inc. (formerly Cosmetic Technology  International,
Inc.) and Palomar Medical  Products,  Inc.  subsidiaries  and general  corporate
costs that resulted in respective reductions of approximately $300,000, $150,000
and  $475,000  compared  to the three  months  ended June 30,  1998 offset by an
additional  $25,000  incurred  for  general and  administrative  expenses at the
Company's Star subsidiary.  The Company  anticipates  general and administrative
expense  will  decrease  slightly  in the  future as a result of the Star  sale,
although it expects  such  expenses to increase as a  percentage  of revenues as
revenues decline in the near term as the result of the Star sale.

         Costs  related  to  solicitation  of  proxies  in  connection  with the
Company's 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders were $625,000 for the three months
ended June 30,1999 due to a proxy contest launched by a dissident shareholder.

         Settlement costs were $750,000 for the three months ended June 30, 1999
and are  attributable  to various  lawsuits  and other  claims made  against the
Company.

         Gain  from the sale of a  subsidiary  was $47.1  million  for the three
months ended June 30,  1999.  This amount  represents  the gain from the sale of
Star to Coherent, which was completed on April 27, 1999.

         Redemption expense was $6.2 million for the three months ended June 30,
1999. This amount reflects a redemption expense of $6.2 million as a result of a
settlement  agreement  between Palomar and certain  European banks that had held
4.5% Swiss Franc  denominated  subordinated  convertible  debentures  originally
totaling $8.2 million,  due in 2003.  Under the terms of this  agreement,  which
resolved a lawsuit,  Palomar agreed to rescind its conversion  notices issued in
November  1997.  Through  these  conversion   notices,   Palomar  converted  the
subordinated debentures into 130,576 shares of the Company's common stock. Since
the  conversion  date,  the  Company  had  treated  these  shares as issued  and
outstanding.  Under the terms of this  compromise,  the Company  agreed to pay a
total of approximately $6.7 million to the European banks, of which $1.4 million
was paid as of June

                                       13
<PAGE>

30, 1999 and an additional $3 million was paid during July 1999.  The balance of
$2.3  million is due 2001.  Accordingly  the  Company  has  recorded a charge to
operations of  approximately  $6.2  million.  This amount  represents  the total
amount due to the European banks less the fair market value of the redemption of
the common shares previously considered outstanding by the Company.

         Interest expense  decreased to $193,000 for the three months ended June
30, 1999,  from  $409,000  for the three  months  ended June 30, 1998.  This 53%
decrease  is  primarily  the  result  of a  decrease  in  convertible  debenture
financings  and the Company's  increased use of  conventional  financing.  Also,
operations  did not require as much  financing in 1999 as compared to 1998. As a
result of the sale of Star,  which  generated $49.7 million in cash, the Company
anticipates that interest expense will decline significantly because it utilized
a portion of these  proceeds to pay down  substantially  all of its  outstanding
debt during the second quarter of 1999.

         Interest  income  increased  to  approximately  $402,000  for the three
months  ended June 30,  1999.  This  amount  represents  interest  earned on the
balance  of the  funds  received  from the sale of Star  which are  invested  in
high-grade  corporate  and  government  notes and bonds and will be used to fund
future operations and research and development efforts.

         Other  income  (expense)  increased to  approximately  $257,000 for the
three months ended June 30, 1999. This amount compares to approximately $(9,000)
for the three  months  ended June 30,  1998.  Other  income for the three months
ended June 30, 1999 consisted of $134,000 of a foreign  currency gain related to
the Swiss  Franc  denominated  convertible  debentures  and other  non-operating
income of $123,000.

         The loss from  discontinued  operations for the three months ended June
30, 1999 was  $435,000,  compared to a loss of $2.6 million for the three months
ended June 30, 1998.  The $435,000 loss from  discontinued  operations  incurred
during 1999 was related to a settlement related to the operations of Dynaco.

         (iii)    REVENUES  AND GROSS  PROFIT:  SIX MONTHS  ENDED JUNE 30, 1999,
                  COMPARED TO THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998

         For  the six  months  ended  June  30,  1999,  the  Company's  revenues
increased  to $19.0  million,  as compared  to $16.2  million for the six months
ended June 30, 1998. The increase in the Company's revenues of $2.8 million,  or
18% from the six months ended June 30, 1998, was mainly due to additional  sales
volume of $5.5 million  associated with the  introduction of the  LightSheer(TM)
diode laser,  partially  offset by a decrease in revenue of  approximately  $2.7
million in other  cosmetic  laser  product  revenue.  The Company  obtained  FDA
clearance to market and sell its  LightSheer(TM)  laser for hair removal and leg
vein  treatment in the United  States at the end of 1997.  The decrease in sales
volume  associated with other cosmetic laser product revenue was principally due
to declining sales of the Company's  EpiLaser(R) ruby laser.  Palomar introduced
its  second  generation  long pulse ruby  laser for hair  removal,  the  Palomar
E2000TM,  during  the  first  quarter  of 1999.  In March of 1999,  the  Company
obtained FDA  clearance to market and sell its Palomar  E2000TM  laser system in
the United States for "permanent hair reduction." The Company generated revenues
of approximately $1.5 million on the Palomar E2000TM during the first six months
of 1999.

         Gross profit for the six months  ended June 30, 1999 was  approximately
$9.8 million (52% of  revenues)  compared to $5.0 million (31% of revenues)  for
the six months  ended June 30,  1998.  The  increase  in gross  profit and gross
profit  percentage  was due to sales of the  LightSheer(TM)  diode laser system.
This  laser  system  provided  a  significantly  higher  gross  profit  than the
Company's  EpiLaser(R)  hair removal  system and other  cosmetic  products.  The
Company  anticipates that its gross profit  percentage from sales of the Palomar
E2000TM  will be  significantly  less  than the  gross  profit  from its  former
LightSheer(TM)  product,  unless and until the Palomar  E2000TM  achieves volume
production  and  further  manufacturing  efficiencies,   and  overcomes  product
introduction issues.

                                       14
<PAGE>


         (iv)     OPERATING AND OTHER EXPENSES:  SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999,
                  COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998

         Research and  development  costs  increased to $4.6 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1999,  from $4.1 million for the six months ended June 30,
1998.  Research and development  expenses as a percentage of revenue totaled 24%
for the six months ended June 30, 1999 and 25% for the six months ended June 30,
1998. The continued spending on research and development  reflects the Company's
commitment  to research and  development  for devices and  delivery  systems for
cosmetic and medical  applications  using a variety of lasers,  while continuing
dermatology  research  utilizing the Company's ruby and diode lasers.  Among the
Company's  research and  development  goals in hair removal is to design systems
permitting more rapid treatment of large areas, and to produce systems with high
gross margins.  Management  believes that research and development  expenditures
will  remain  constant  over  the next  year as the  Company  continues  product
development and clinical trials for additional  applications  for its lasers and
delivery  systems in the cosmetic and  dermatological  markets.  The Company has
recently entered into an amendment to its existing Clinical Trial Agreement with
Massachusetts  General  Hospital,  pursuant  to which it will fund a minimum  of
$475,000  per year for  research  in the  fields  of photo  thermal  removal  or
reduction of hair, non-invasive  electromagnetic  targeting of subcutaneous fat,
and treating  sebaceous  glands and related skin  disorders  (e.g.,  acne) using
infrared  light (except when  externally  applied  chromophores  are used),  and
obtain  exclusive  license  rights in these  fields  over the next  five  years.
However,  research and  development  as a percentage  of revenues  will increase
until the Company  achieves  higher sales  volume from its  recently  introduced
Palomar E2000TM laser system.

         Selling  and  marketing  expenses  decreased  to $5.7  million  (30% of
revenues)  for the six  months  ended June 30,  1999,  from  approximately  $6.0
million (37% of revenues)  for the six months ended June 30, 1998.  The decrease
in selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenues is a result of the
Company's  introduction  of its Palomar  E2000(TM) laser system during the first
quarter of 1999,  which is being sold through new distribution  channels.  These
new  distribution  channels include direct sales by the Company and distribution
though  Continuum  Biomedical,  a  distributor  of  medical  products,  and  the
associated  selling  and  marketing  expenses  have to date  been  less than the
commission earned by Coherent,  the Company's previous distributor.  The Company
also will consider  establishing  its own direct sales force to compliment these
sales channels.  The Company  anticipates  that, in comparison to the commission
previously paid to Coherent as a percentage of net revenues,  its future selling
and marketing  costs as a percentage of net revenues will decrease.  The Company
will also consider selling entire product lines and/or  technology to others, as
in the case of the sale of Star to Coherent.

         General and  administrative  expenses decreased to $3.2 million (17% of
revenues)  for the six months ended June 30,  1999,  as compared to $5.2 million
(32% of revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 1998.  This decrease for the
six months ended June 30, 1999 is  attributable  to the Company's  restructuring
and consolidation of administrative functions related to the Company's Esthetica
Partners,  Inc. (formerly Cosmetic Technology  International,  Inc.) and Palomar
Medical Products, Inc. subsidiaries and general corporate costs that resulted in
respective  reductions  of  approximately  $730,000,   $450,000  and  $2,300,000
compared to the three months ended June 30, 1998. An additional  $1,480,000  was
incurred  for  general  and  administrative   expenses  at  the  Company's  Star
subsidiary.  The Company  anticipates  general and  administrative  expense will
decrease  slightly  in the  future as a result  of the Star  sale,  although  it
expects such  expenses to increase as a percentage  of revenues as sales decline
in the near term as the result of the Star sale.

         Cost  related  to  solicitation  of  proxies  in  connection  with  the
Company's 1999 Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  were $625,000 for the six months
ended June 30,1999 due to a proxy contest launched by a dissident shareholder.

         Settlement  costs were  $750,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1999
and are attributable to various lawsuits and other claims against the Company.

         Gain from the sale of a subsidiary was $47.1 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1999 due to the Company  completing the sale of Star on April 27,
1999.

         Redemption  expense was $6.2  million for the six months ended June 30,
1999. This amount reflects a redemption expense of $6.2 million as a result of a
settlement  agreement  between Palomar and certain  European

                                       15
<PAGE>

banks  that had held  4.5%  Swiss  Franc  denominated  subordinated  convertible
debentures  originally  totaling $8.2 million,  due in 2003.  Under the terms of
this  agreement,  which  resolved  a  lawsuit,  Palomar  agreed to  rescind  its
conversion  notices issued in November 1997.  Through these conversion  notices,
Palomar  converted  the  subordinated  debentures  into  130,576  shares  of the
Company's common stock. Since the conversion date, the Company had treated these
shares as issued  and  outstanding.  Under  the  terms of this  compromise,  the
Company  agreed to pay a total of  approximately  $6.7  million to the  European
banks, of which $1.4 million has been paid as of June 30, 1999 and an additional
$3 million was paid during July 1999.  The balance of $2.3  million is due 2001.
Accordingly  the Company has recorded a charge to  operations  of  approximately
$6.2 million.  This amount represents the total amount due to the European banks
less the fair market value of the  redemption  of the common  shares  previously
considered outstanding by the Company.

         Interest  expense  decreased  to $364,000 for the six months ended June
30,  1999,  from  $829,000  for the six  months  ended June 30,  1998.  This 56%
decrease  is  primarily  the  result  of a  decrease  in  convertible  debenture
financings  and the Company's  increased use of  conventional  financing.  Also,
operations  did not require as much  financing in 1999 as compared to 1998. As a
result of the sale of Star,  which  generated $49.7 million in cash, the Company
anticipates that interest expense will decline significantly because it utilized
a portion of these  proceeds to pay down  substantially  all of its  outstanding
debt during the second quarter of 1999.

         Interest income increased to approximately  $407,000 for the six months
ended June 30, 1999.  This amount  represents  interest earned on the balance of
the funds  received  from the sale of Star  which  are  invested  in  high-grade
corporate  and  government  notes  and  bonds  and  will be used to fund  future
operations and research and development efforts.

         Other  income  decreased  to $280,000 for the six months ended June 30,
1999. This amount compares to $325,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1998.

         The loss from discontinued operations for the six months ended June 30,
1999 was  $435,000,  compared to a loss of $2.6 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1998. The $435,000 loss from  discontinued  operations  incurred during
1999 was related to a settlement related to the operations of Dynaco.

(C)      LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         On December 7, 1998, the Company  entered into an Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization  with Coherent to sell all of the issued and  outstanding  common
stock of Star. The total  purchase  price for all of the issued and  outstanding
capital stock of Star was $65 million, paid in cash. The purchase price was paid
to the  shareholders of Star in proportion to their holdings of capital stock of
Star.  This sale was  approved by a majority of the  stockholders  of Palomar on
April 21, 1999,  and on April 27, 1999,  Palomar  completed  the sale of Star to
Coherent.  On the date of the  sale,  Palomar  owned  82.46%  of  Star.  Palomar
received  net  proceeds of  $49,736,023,  of which  $3,254,908  is being held in
escrow for one year as security for any claims which Coherent may have under the
Agreement.  In  addition,  under the terms of the  Agreement,  the Company  will
receive an ongoing  royalty of 7.5% from Coherent on the sale of any products by
Coherent that incorporate  certain  patented  technology or use certain patented
methods   currently   licensed  by  the  Company  on  an  exclusive  basis  from
Massachusetts General Hospital.

         The Company  utilized a portion of the proceeds of the Star sale to pay
down  substantially  all of its debt  during  the second  quarter  of 1999.  The
balance of the funds will be invested in high-grade  corporate and  governmental
notes and bonds to fund future operations and research and development  efforts.
Accordingly,  the  Company  will  generate  additional  interest  income for the
foreseeable future.

         The  Company  is a  holding  company  with no  significant  operations.
Operations  are  carried  out at  the  subsidiary  level.  The  majority  of the
operations  are research  and  development.  To date,  the  Company's  operating
subsidiaries  have  required  cash  advances  from  the  Company  to fund  their
operations.  As of June 30, 1999,  the Company had $35.3  million in cash,  cash
equivalents and marketable securities. With the proceeds from the Star sale, the
Company  has  a  strong  financial  position  to  meet  its  ongoing  cash  flow
requirements and fund expected  operating losses at its subsidiaries in the near
term.

                                       16
<PAGE>

         During the three months ended June 30, 1999,  the Company agreed to pay
a total of  approximately  $6.7 million to the European banks that had held 4.5%
convertible  debentures  totaling  $8.2 million due in 2003,  under a settlement
agreement.  The Company paid $1.4  million a of June 30, 1999 and an  additional
$3.1 million was paid during July 1999. The balance of $2.2 million is due 2001.

         During the three months ended June 30, 1999, the Company entered into a
10 year lease  agreement for its  operating  facilities.  The annual  commitment
under this agreement is  approximately  $890,000 for the first five years of the
agreement and $980,000 thereafter.

         In July 1999,  the  Company  entered  into an  amendment  to extend its
exclusive  research  agreement with  Massachusetts  General Hospital for another
five years.  In addition to laser hair removal,  the agreement has been expanded
to include  research and development in the use of laser to remove fat and treat
acne.  Under the terms of this  agreement,  the Company is  obligated to pay MGH
$475,000  for  clinical  research  on an annual  basis  during  the term of this
extension.

         As of June 30, 1999,  the Company's  accounts  receivable  totaled $2.4
million, as compared to $9.9 million as of December 31, 1998. This reduction was
due principally to the sale of Star to Coherent on April 27, 1999. The Company's
allowance for doubtful  accounts totaled  approximately  $400,000 as of June 30,
1999, compared to $364,000 as of December 31, 1998.

         As of June 30, 1999, accounts payable totaled approximately $581,000 as
compared to $6.6 million as of December 31, 1998.  This decrease is  principally
due to paying down debt with money  received from the sale of Star and timing of
additional  purchases of inventory for the manufacture of the Palomar  E2000(TM)
laser systems.

         The Company anticipates that capital  expenditures for the remainder of
1999 will total  approximately  $500,000,  consisting  primarily  of  machinery,
equipment and computers and  peripherals.  The Company  expects to finance these
expenditures with cash on hand and equipment leasing lines.

         The Company had a $10,000,000  revolving  line of credit from a bank. A
director  of the  Company  personally  guaranteed  borrowings  under the line of
credit.  The Company  borrowed an additional  $500,000 during April of 1999. The
Company repaid all amounts outstanding under this line of credit ($1,500,000) on
April 27, 1999 and subsequently cancelled this line of credit.

         The Company  entered into a Loan  Agreement  with Coherent  pursuant to
which  Coherent  agreed to loan the Company  money to help finance the Company's
working  capital  requirements.   These  loans  were  collateralized  by  Star's
inventory.  Coherent  assumed the $4.8  million of debt in  connection  with its
purchase of all of the issued and outstanding  common stock of Star on April 27,
1999. See Note 8(e).

(D)     MATERIAL UNCERTAINTIES.

         (i)      YEAR 2000 ISSUES

        During 1998 and 1999 the Company has been actively engaged in addressing
Year 2000 (Y2K)  issues,  which  result from the use of  two-digit,  rather than
four-digit,  year dates in software, a practice which could cause date-sensitive
systems to  malfunction  or fail because they may not  recognize or process date
information correctly.

                  STATE OF READINESS:

         To manage its Y2K  program,  the Company  has divided its efforts  into
four program areas:

         o        Information Technology (computer hardware and software)

         o        Physical Plant (manufacturing equipment and facilities)

         o        Products (including product development)

                                       17
<PAGE>

         o        Extended Enterprise (suppliers and customers)

         For each of these  program  areas,  the  Company  is using a  four-step
approach:

         o        Ownership (creating awareness, assigning tasks)

         o        Inventory (listing items to be assessed for Y2K readiness)

         o        Assessment  (prioritizing  the  inventoried  items,  assessing
                  their Y2K readiness,  planning corrective actions,  developing
                  initial contingency plans)

         o        Corrective Action Deployment (implementing corrective actions,
                  verifying implementation, finalizing and executing contingency
                  plans)

         At June 30, 1999,  the Ownership,  Inventory and Assessment  steps were
essentially complete for all program areas.

                  COSTS TO ADDRESS Y2K ISSUES:

         The Company's  estimated  aggregate  costs for its Y2K activities  from
1998 through 2000 are expected to be less than  $100,000.  Through June 30, 1999
the Company has spent approximately $60,000.

                  RISKS OF Y2K ISSUES AND CONTINGENCY PLANS:

         The Company  continues  to assess the Year 2000 issues  relating to its
physical  plant,  products  and  suppliers.  The  Company  intends  to develop a
contingency planning process to mitigate worst-case business  disruptions,  such
as delays in product  delivery,  which  could  result from events such as supply
chain disruptions.

                                  RISK FACTORS

         In addition to the other  information in this Quarterly  Report on Form
10-Q,  the following  cautionary  statements  should be considered  carefully in
evaluating the Company and its business.  Statements contained in this Form 10-Q
that  are  not  historical  facts  (including,  without  limitation,  statements
concerning financial  projections,  the financing of future operations,  product
gross margins,  product developments and improvements,  research and development
plans and  expenditures  and Y2K issues) and other  information  provided by the
Company and its employees from time to time may contain certain  forward-looking
information,  as defined by (i) the Private Securities  Litigation Reform Act of
1995  (the  "Reform  Act")  and  (ii)  releases  by the SEC.  The  risk  factors
identified  below,  among other  factors,  could cause actual  results to differ
materially from those suggested in such forward-looking statements.  Readers are
cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which
speak only as of the date  hereof.  The  Company  undertakes  no  obligation  to
release  publicly  the  results  of  any  revisions  to  these   forward-looking
statements  that may be made to reflect events or  circumstances  after the date
hereof or to reflect the  occurrence of  unanticipated  events.  The  cautionary
statements below are being made pursuant to the provisions of the Reform Act and
with the  intention of obtaining  the benefits of safe harbor  provisions of the
Reform Act.

OUR FUTURE REVENUE DEPENDS ON OUR DEVELOPING NEW PRODUCTS.

         We face rapidly  changing  technology  and continuing  improvements  in
cosmetic laser technology.  In order to be successful,  we must continue to make
significant  investments  in research and  development  in order to develop in a
timely and cost-effective manner new products that meet changing market demands,
to  enhance  existing  products,  and to  achieve  market  acceptance  for  such
products.  We have in the past experienced delays in developing new products and
enhancing  existing products.  As a result of the sale of Star to Coherent,  our
future revenue will be entirely dependent on sales of newly introduced products.
Although  we have  recently  introduced  a new hair  removal  laser,  it may not
achieve  market  acceptance or generate  sufficient  margins.  In addition,  the
market for this type of hair removal laser may already be saturated. At present,
broad market  acceptance  of laser hair

                                       18
<PAGE>

removal is critical to our success.  We intend to diversify  our product line by
developing cosmetic laser products other than hair removal lasers.

WE FACE INTENSE  COMPETITION FROM COMPANIES WITH SUPERIOR  FINANCIAL,  MARKETING
AND OTHER RESOURCES.

         The laser hair removal  industry is highly  competitive,  and companies
frequently introduce new products.  We compete in the development,  manufacture,
marketing and servicing of hair removal  lasers with numerous  other  companies,
many  of  which  have  substantially  greater  financial,  marketing  and  other
resources than we do. As a result, some of our competitors are able to sell hair
removal  lasers at prices  significantly  below the  prices at which we sell our
hair removal lasers. In addition,  as a result of the Star sale,  Coherent,  our
former  exclusive  distributor  and one of the largest and best  financed  laser
companies,  is now our competitor and we have to find new ways to distribute our
products.  Our laser products also face  competition  from  alternative  medical
products and procedures,  such as electrolysis and waxing,  among others. We may
not be able to differentiate  our products from the products of our competitors,
and customers may not consider our products to be superior to competing products
or medical  procedures,  especially if  competitive  products and procedures are
offered  at  lower  prices.   Our  competitors  may  develop   products  or  new
technologies that make our products obsolete or less competitive.

OUR QUARTERLY  OPERATING RESULTS WILL DECREASE AS A RESULT OF THE STAR SALE, AND
THAT MAY HURT THE PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

         Almost  all of our  revenues  in our  most  recent  two  quarters  were
attributable to sales of the  LightSheer(TM)  diode laser  manufactured by Star.
Therefore,   as  a  result  of  the  Star  sale,   our  revenues   will  decline
significantly. If our operating results fall below the expectations of investors
or  public  market   analysts,   the  price  of  our  common  stock  could  fall
dramatically.

WE COULD BE DELISTED FROM NASDAQ.

         For continued  listing on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market,  a company must
maintain a minimum bid price of $1.00 per share.  In March of this year,  Nasdaq
held a hearing  regarding our continued listing on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market in
light of the fact that our common stock had traded  below the $1.00  minimum bid
price  requirement  for longer than 30 trading  days. As a result of our reverse
stock  split,  we regained  compliance  with the  minimum bid price  requirement
before that date,  and are now in compliance  with all of Nasdaq's  requirements
for continued  listing on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market.  However,  there can be no
assurance that we will remain in compliance with Nasdaq's criteria for continued
listing or that we will remain  listed on Nasdaq.  The  delisting  of our common
stock would likely  reduce the  liquidity of our common stock and our ability to
raise capital.  If our common stock is delisted from The Nasdaq SmallCap Market,
it will  likely  be  quoted  on the "pink  sheets"  maintained  by the  National
Quotation Bureau,  Inc. or Nasdaq's OTC Bulletin Board.  These listings can make
trading more difficult for stockholders.

OUR LASERS ARE SUBJECT TO NUMEROUS FDA REGULATIONS.  COMPLIANCE IS EXPENSIVE AND
TIME-CONSUMING.  OUR NEW  PRODUCTS MAY NOT BE ABLE TO OBTAIN THE  NECESSARY  FDA
CLEARANCES BEFORE WE CAN SELL THEM.

         All of our products are laser medical  devices.  Laser medical  devices
are  subject to FDA  regulations  regulating  clinical  testing,  manufacturing,
labeling,  sale,  distribution  and promotion of medical  devices.  Before a new
device can be introduced into the market, we must obtain clearance from the FDA.
Compliance with the FDA clearance process is expensive and  time-consuming,  and
we may not be able to obtain such clearances in a timely fashion or at all.

WE ARE DEPENDENT ON THIRD PARTY RESEARCHERS.

         We are substantially dependent upon third party researchers,  over whom
we do not have absolute control, to satisfactorily conduct and complete research
on our behalf and to grant us favorable  licensing terms for products which they
may  develop.  At  present,  our  principal  research  partner  is  the  Wellman
Laboratories of  Photomedicine  at Massachusetts  General  Hospital.  We provide
research  funding,  laser technology and optics know-how in return for licensing
agreements  with  respect to specific  medical  applications  and  patents.  Our
success will be highly dependent upon the results of this research. We cannot be
sure that such research  agreements will provide us with

                                       19
<PAGE>

marketable  products in the future or that any of the products  developed  under
these agreements will be profitable for us.

OUR  COMMON  STOCK  COULD  BE  FURTHER  DILUTED  AS THE  RESULT  OF  OUTSTANDING
CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES, WARRANTS AND OPTIONS.

         In the past, we have issued convertible securities,  such as debentures
and preferred  stock,  and warrants in order to raise money. We have also issued
options and warrants as compensation for services and incentive compensation for
our employees and  directors.  We have a substantial  number of shares of common
stock   reserved  for  issuance  upon  the  conversion  and  exercise  of  these
securities. These outstanding convertible securities, options and warrants could
affect the rights of our  stockholders,  and could  adversely  affect the market
price of our common stock.

OUR PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY HAS ONLY LIMITED PROTECTIONS.

         Our business could be materially  and adversely  affected if we are not
able to protect adequately our proprietary intellectual property rights. We rely
on a  combination  of patent,  trademark  and trade  secret  laws,  license  and
confidentiality agreements to protect our proprietary rights. We generally enter
into  non-disclosure  agreements  with our  employees and customers and restrict
access to, and distribution of, our proprietary  information.  Nevertheless,  we
may be unable  to deter  misappropriation  of our  proprietary  information,  to
detect   unauthorized  use  and  to  take  appropriate   steps  to  enforce  our
intellectual  property rights.  Our competitors also may  independently  develop
technologies  that are  substantially  equivalent or superior to our technology.
Although  we believe  that our  services  and  products  do not  infringe on the
intellectual  property  rights of others,  we cannot  prevent  someone else from
asserting  a claim  against us in the future for  violating  their  intellectual
property  rights.  In  addition,  costly  and  time  consuming  lawsuits  may be
necessary to enforce  patents  issued or licensed  exclusively to us, to protect
our trade secrets and/or know-how or to determine the enforceability,  scope and
validity of others' intellectual property rights.

         The medical  laser  industry is  characterized  by frequent  litigation
regarding  patent  and  other  intellectual  property  rights.   Because  patent
applications  are  maintained in secrecy in the United States until such patents
are issued and are maintained in secrecy for a period of time outside the United
States, we can conduct only limited searches to determine whether our technology
infringes any patents or patent applications. Any claims for patent infringement
could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, diversion of technical and
management   personnel,   cause   shipment   delays,   require   us  to  develop
non-infringing  technology  or to enter into  royalty or  licensing  agreements.
Although patent and  intellectual  property  disputes in the laser industry have
often been settled through licensing or similar  arrangements,  costs associated
with such  arrangements  may be  substantial  and often  require  the payment of
ongoing  royalties,  which could have a negative impact on gross margins.  There
can  be no  assurance  that  necessary  licenses  would  be  available  to us on
satisfactory terms, or that we could redesign our products or processes to avoid
infringement, if necessary.  Accordingly, an adverse determination in a judicial
or  administrative  proceeding  or failure to obtain  necessary  licenses  could
prevent us from manufacturing and selling some of our products.  This could have
a material  adverse effect on our business,  results of operations and financial
condition.

OUR  CHARTER  DOCUMENTS  AND  DELAWARE  LAW MAY  DISCOURAGE  POTENTIAL  TAKEOVER
ATTEMPTS.

         Our  Second  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and our  By-laws
contain  provisions  that  could  discourage  takeover  attempts  or  make  more
difficult  the  acquisition  of a  substantial  block of our common  stock.  Our
By-laws require a stockholder to provide to the Secretary of the Company advance
notice of  business  to be  brought  by such  stockholder  before  any annual or
special meeting of stockholders  as well as certain  information  regarding such
business,  the  stockholder  and others known to support  such  proposal and any
material interest they may have in the proposed business. These provisions could
delay any  stockholder  actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of
the outstanding stock of the Company until the next  stockholders'  meeting.  In
addition,  the Board of Directors is  authorized to issue shares of common stock
and preferred stock which, if issued,  could dilute and adversely affect various
rights of the  holders  of  common  stock  and,  in  addition,  could be used to
discourage an unsolicited attempt to acquire control of the Company.

         The Company is also subject to the anti-takeover  provisions of Section
203 of the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, which prohibits the Company from
engaging in a "business  combination"  with an  "interested

                                       20
<PAGE>

stockholder"  for a period of three years after the date of the  transaction  in
which  the  person  becomes  an  interested  stockholder,  unless  the  business
combination is approved in a prescribed  manner.  The application of Section 203
may limit the ability of  stockholders  to approve a  transaction  that they may
deem to be in their best  interests.  These  provisions  of our Second  Restated
Certificate of Incorporation,  By-laws and the Delaware General  Corporation Law
could deter certain takeovers or tender offers or could delay or prevent certain
changes in control or management of the Company, including transactions in which
stockholders  might  otherwise  receive a premium for their shares over the then
current market prices.

AS WITH ANY NEW PRODUCTS, THERE IS SUBSTANTIAL RISK THAT THE MARKETPLACE MAY NOT
ACCEPT OR BE RECEPTIVE TO THE POTENTIAL BENEFITS OF OUR PRODUCTS.

         Market  acceptance of our current and proposed products will depend, in
large part,  upon our or any marketing  partner's  ability to demonstrate to the
marketplace  the advantages of our products over other types of products.  There
can be no assurance that the  marketplace  will accept  applications or uses for
our  current  and  proposed  products  or that any of our  current  or  proposed
products will be able to compete effectively.

WE FACE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH PENDING LITIGATION.

         We are involved in disputes  with third  parties.  Such  disputes  have
resulted in litigation  with such  parties.  We have  incurred,  and likely will
continue to incur, legal expenses in connection with such matters.  There can be
no assurance that such litigation  will result in favorable  outcomes for us. An
adverse  result in the MEHL patent  litigation  or the VARLJEN  litigation  (all
described in detail in Part II, Item 1) could have a material  adverse effect on
our business,  financial  condition and results of operations.  We are unable to
determine  the total expense or possible  loss,  if any, that may  ultimately be
incurred in the  resolution  of these  proceedings.  These matters may result in
diversion of management time and effort from the operations of the business.

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO RETAIN OUR KEY  EXECUTIVES  AND RESEARCH  AND  DEVELOPMENT
PERSONNEL.

         As a small company with less than 100 employees  after the sale of Star
to Coherent,  our success  depends on the services of key employees in executive
and research and development positions.  The loss of the services of one or more
of these employees could have a material adverse effect on us.

WE FACE A RISK OF FINANCIAL  EXPOSURE TO PRODUCT  LIABILITY  CLAIMS IN THE EVENT
THAT THE USE OF OUR PRODUCTS RESULTS IN PERSONAL INJURY.

         Our products are and will continue to be designed with numerous  safety
features, but it is possible that patients could be adversely affected by use of
one of our products.  Further, in the event that any of our products prove to be
defective, we may be required to recall and redesign such products.  Although we
have not  experienced  any material  losses due to product  liability  claims to
date,  there can be no assurance that we will not experience  such losses in the
future. We maintain general liability  insurance in the amount of $1,000,000 per
occurrence and $2,000,000 in the aggregate and maintain umbrella coverage in the
aggregate  amount of $25,000,000;  however,  there can be no assurance that such
coverage  will  continue to be available on terms  acceptable to us or that such
coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred. In the event we are
found liable for damages in excess of the limits of our insurance  coverage,  or
if any claim or product recall results in significant  adverse publicity against
us,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results of  operations  could be
materially and adversely affected. In addition,  although our products have been
and will  continue to be designed to operate in a safe  manner,  and although we
attempt  to  educate  medical  personnel  with  respect to the proper use of our
products,  misuse of our products by medical personnel over whom we cannot exert
control  may  result in the filing of product  liability  claims or  significant
adverse publicity against us.

                                       21
<PAGE>

COMPUTER  SYSTEMS ON WHICH WE RELY MAY NOT  PROPERLY  RECOGNIZE  DATE  SENSITIVE
INFORMATION WHEN THE YEAR CHANGES TO 2000.

         Systems that do not properly  recognize such information could generate
erroneous data or cause a system to fail. We are at this time utilizing internal
resources to identify,  correct or reprogram, and test our systems for year 2000
compliance.  However,  there  can be no  assurance  that  the  systems  of other
companies on which our systems rely will also be converted in a timely manner or
that any such  failure to convert by another  company  would not have an adverse
effect on our systems.  Management  is in the process of assessing the year 2000
compliance costs; however,  based on information to date (excluding the possible
impact of  vendor  systems),  management  does not  believe  that it will have a
material effect on our earnings.

ITEM 3.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

         Not applicable.

                                       22
<PAGE>


PART II

ITEM 1.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

         On March 7, 1997, Selvac Acquisition Corp. ("Selvac"),  a subsidiary of
Mehl Biophile  International,  Inc.  ("Mehl"),  filed a complaint for injunctive
relief and damages for patent  infringement  and for unfair  competition  in the
United States District Court for the District of New Jersey against the Company,
two of its  subsidiaries  and a New  Jersey  dermatologist.  Selvac's  complaint
alleged that the Company's  EpiLaser(R) ruby laser hair removal system infringed
a patent licensed to Selvac (the "Selvac  Patent") and that the Company unfairly
competed by promoting the  EpiLaser(R)  ruby laser hair removal  system for hair
removal before it had received FDA clearance for that specific  application.  On
May 18, 1998 the court granted the Company's motion for partial summary judgment
on the ground that the Selvac patent is invalid  because  prior art  anticipated
it. The court later denied  Selvac's motion for  reconsideration  of the summary
judgment  ruling.  On September 25, 1998, the court denied  Selvac's  motion for
reconsideration  of its  prior  order  dismissing  so  much of  Selvac's  unfair
competition  claim as relied on interpreting the Food, Drug and Cosmetics Act or
FDA  regulations,  and  dismissed  without  prejudice the state law remainder of
Selvac's unfair  competition claim. On October 26, 1998, Selvac filed its notice
of appeal with the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. Selvac subsequently
filed its opening brief on appeal;  the Company filed its  opposition and Selvac
its reply.  The  Federal  Circuit  heard oral  argument  on August 5, 1999.  The
Company is unable to express  an  opinion as to the likely  outcome of  Selvac's
appeal. The Federal Circuit will probably issue its opinion this year.

         On October 16, 1997, the Company brought a declaratory  judgment action
in U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts against the holders and
the indenture trustee of the Company's 4.5% Subordinated  Convertible Debentures
due 2003,  denominated  in Swiss  francs (the  "Swiss  Franc  Debentures").  The
defendants in this action were Banque SCS Alliance SA,  Arbuthnot Fund Managers,
Ltd.,  Banca  Commerciale  Lugano,  Privatinvest  Bank AG (these four defendants
being referred to  collectively as the "Asserting  Holders"),  CUF Finance S.A.,
Fibi Bank  (Schweiz) AG,  Teawood  Nominees,  Ltd.,  JS Gadd & CIE SA,  Swedbank
(Luxembourg)  SA,  Christiana  Bank  Luxembourg SA (now know as Credit  Agricole
Indosuez),  Landatina  Financiera SA and American Stock Transfer & Trust Co., as
trustee ("Trustee").  Just prior to this suit, the Asserting Holders had alleged
that the  Company  was in  breach  of  certain  protective  covenants  under the
indenture,  and on  October  22,  1997  they  sued  the  Company  and all of its
principal  subsidiaries  in the same court;  the October 16 and October 22 cases
were assigned to the same judge,  and the dispute between the Asserting  Holders
and the Company was proceeding under the October 22 case. The Asserting  Holders
claimed that the Company had breached certain protective indenture covenants and
that  the  Asserting   Holders  are  entitled  to  immediate  payment  of  their
indebtedness under the Swiss Franc Debentures.  (The total disputed indebtedness
is approximately  $6.2 million at current exchange rates; the Asserting Holders'
portion of the total is  approximately  $5.6  million.) As of November 13, 1997,
acting under  applicable  provisions of the indenture,  the Company notified the
holders of the Swiss Franc  Debentures that it was causing the conversion of all
of the  Swiss  Franc  Debentures  into an  aggregate  of  135,575  shares of the
Company's common stock.  Palomar filed a motion for summary judgment,  asserting
that its  conversion of the  debentures  into Palomar  common stock deprived the
plaintiffs  of  standing  to bring a  claim.  That  motion  was  denied  without
prejudice,  and the  court  also  denied  the  plaintiffs'  motion  for  summary
judgment.  By mutual  agreement,  the  Asserting  Holders and the  Company  have
dismissed the case. The parties have resolved the dispute by  restructuring  the
debentures  (whereby  Palomar  prepays  approximately  two-thirds  of the  total
indebtedness, or about $4.2 million, withdraws its forced conversion, and repays
on a  modified  schedule  the  original  debt).  (See  Note  8(b)  of  Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements.)

         On March 11, 1999,  the United States  District  Court for the Southern
District of New York granted  plaintiffs  leave to amend their  complaint in the
action styled VARLJEN V. H.J.  MEYERS,  INC.,  ET. AL. to join the Company,  its
former  chief  executive   officer  and  current  chief  financial   officer  as
defendants.  On March 17,  1999,  the  Second  Amended  Class  Action  Complaint
("Complaint")  in VARLJEN was served  upon the  Company  and its  current  chief
financial  officer.  The  Complaint  alleges that the Company and the former and
current  officer  violated  the  federal   securities  laws  in  various  public
disclosures that the Company made directly and indirectly during the period from
February 1, 1996 to March 26, 1997. In  particular,  the Complaint  alleges that
Palomar and the former and current officer  misrepresented  the Company's future
prospects,  including  earnings  projections  and expected  shares  outstanding,
through  their direct  disclosures  and through  disclosures  made by securities
analysts and other third parties. The Company and the former and current officer
filed a motion to dismiss the complaint,  asserting all

                                       23
<PAGE>

claims are barred by the statute of  limitations,  that the  complaint  does not
meet  federal  pleading  requirements,  and that it fails to state a  securities
claim.  The Company and the former and current  officer have also filed a motion
to transfer the case to the District of  Massachusetts.  On August 6, 1999,  the
District  Court denied the  Company's  motion to dismiss,  and  scheduled a case
conference  for April 28,  2000.  The case is in its  earliest  stages,  and the
Company cannot predict its outcome.

         On July 20 1999, The Monterey Stockholders Group LLC ("Monterey") filed
a  complaint  for  declaratory  judgment  and for  damages in the United  States
District Court for the District of Delaware  against the Company.  The complaint
alleges that the Company and its directors  violated the federal securities laws
in various public  disclosures  that the Company made in the spring of 1999. The
complaint  alleges  Palomar  failed to disclose that it intended to include 3.25
million  escrowed shares in the vote at its annual meeting when such shares were
allegedly  non-voting and not outstanding.  Monterey seeks, among other forms of
relief,  a  declaration  that no quorum was present in person or by proxy at the
Company's annual meeting. Palomar's answer to the complaint is at present due on
September 8, 1999.  The case is in its earliest  stages,  and the Company cannot
predict its outcome.

         The Company is involved in other legal and  administrative  proceedings
and  claims of  various  types.  While any  litigation  contains  an  element of
uncertainty,  management, in consultation with the Company's general counsel, at
present  believes that the outcome of each such other  proceeding or claim which
is pending or known to be threatened,  or all of them combined,  will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company.

ITEM 2.  CHANGES IN SECURITIES.

         During the quarter ended June 30, 1999, the following  securities  were
redeemed by the Company for the dollar amount indicated:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>                                        <C>                                 <C>

                                                                                   Redemption
    Type of Security                           Number of Shares                       Amount
    ----------------                           ----------------                    -----------

    Preferred Stock Series G                         403                             $557,635
    Preferred Stock Series H                         250                             $344,761
</TABLE>

ITEM 3.  DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES.

         Not applicable.

                                       24
<PAGE>

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

         The following table sets forth a brief description of each matter voted
upon and the  number  of votes  cast for or  against,  as well as the  number of
abstentions,  as to each  such  matter,  at the  Company's  Special  Meeting  of
Stockholders held on April 21, 1999.
<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                 <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                 Votes          Votes
                               Matter                             For          Against      Abstentions
         --------------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
         Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing       42,098,052      1,378,650       399,505
         for sale of Palomar's Star subsidiary to Coherent
         --------------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
         Plan of recapitalization resulting in                58,323,039      4,810,396       609,002
         one-for-seven reverse split of Palomar's common
         stock
         --------------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
</TABLE>

         The following table sets forth a brief description of each matter voted
upon and the  number  of votes  cast for or  against,  as well as the  number of
abstentions  and broker  non-votes,  as to each such  matter,  at the  Company's
Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on June 23, 1999, at which Messrs.  Valente,
Martin, Pappalardo, and Economou were elected as directors..
<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                 <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                 Votes          Votes
                               Matter                             For          Against      Abstentions
         --------------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------

         Ratification of selection of Arthur Andersen LLP       38,235,369        456,309         243,563
         as the Company's auditors
         --------------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
         Election of Directors:

         MANAGEMENT NOMINEES:
         --------------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
                  Louis P. Valente                              28,386,054        822,362               -
         --------------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
                  James G. Martin                               28,403,209        805,207               -
         --------------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
                  A. Neil Pappalardo                            28,402,059        806,357               -
         --------------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
                  Nicholas P. Economou                          28,396,609        811,807               -
         --------------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
         OPPOSITION NOMINEES:
         --------------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
                  Mark T. Smith                                  9,553,994        172,831               -
         --------------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
                  George F. Murphy                               9,546,294        180,531               -
         --------------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
                  Jay Delahanty                                  9,546,294        180,531               -
         --------------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
                  Michel D. Marks                                9,546,294        180,531               -
         --------------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
</TABLE>

ITEM 5.  OTHER INFORMATION.

         Not applicable.

                                       25
<PAGE>


ITEM 6.  EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

(A)      EXHIBITS

         2.1*     By-laws, as amended.

         4.1      Second Amended 1991 Stock Option Plan.

         4.2      Second Amended 1993 Stock Option Plan.

         4.3      Second Amended 1995 Stock Option Plan.

         4.4      Second Amended 1996 Stock Option Plan.

         4.5      Third Amended 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

         4.6**    Rights  Agreement dated as of April 20, 1999,  between Palomar
                  Medical  Technologies,  Inc. and American  Stock  Transfer and
                  Trust Company, as Rights Agent.

         4.7**    Form of Certificate  of Designation of Series A  Participating
                  Cumulative  Preferred Stock of Palomar  Medical  Technologies,
                  Inc. (which is attached as Exhibit A to the Rights  Agreement,
                  Exhibit 4.6 hereto).

         4.8**    Form of Rights  Certificate (which is attached as Exhibit B to
                  the Rights Agreement, Exhibit 4.6 hereto).

         10.1     Amendment  No.  1 to  Key  Employment  Agreement  between  the
                  Company and Louis P. Valente dated May 15, 1999.

         10.2     Amendment  No. 1 to Employment  Agreement  between the Company
                  and Michael Smotrich dated May 15, 1999.

         10.3     Amended and Restated Employment  Agreement between the Company
                  and Joseph P. Caruso dated June 30, 1999.

         10.4     Commercial  Lease  between the  Company  and CRES  Development
                  Company, Inc., dated June 17, 1999.

         27.1     Financial Data Statement for the period ended June 30, 1999.

*        Previously  filed  as an  exhibit  to Form  10-K for the  period  ended
         December 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.

**       Previously filed as an exhibit to Form 8-K, filed on April 21, 1999 and
         incorporated herein by reference. (B) REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

                  Form 8-K filed on April 21, 1999.

                  Form 8-K filed on May 10, 1999.


                  Form 8-K filed on June 29, 1999.

                  Form 8-K filed on July 1, 1999.


<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1934,  the
Registrant  certifies  that it has caused this Report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized,  in the Town of Lexington in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts on August 16, 1999.

                                              PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                                                         (Registrant)

DATE:  August 16, 1999                        By:  /s/ Louis P. Valente
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                    Louis P. Valente
                                                    Chief Executive Officer
                                                   (Principal Executive Officer)



DATE:  August 16, 1999                        By:  /s/ Joseph P. Caruso
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                  Joseph P. Caruso
                                                  Chief Financial Officer and
                                                  Treasurer
                                                  (Principal Financial Officer
                                                  and Principal
                                                  Accounting Officer)






                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                      SECOND AMENDED 1991 STOCK OPTION PLAN


                                    ARTICLE I

                               Purpose of the Plan

         The  purpose  of  this  plan  is to  encourage  and  enable  employees,
consultants,  directors  and others who are in a  position  to make  significant
contributions  to the success of PALOMAR MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGIES,  INC. and of its
affiliated  corporations  upon  whose  judgment,  initiative,  and  efforts  the
Corporation  depends for the  successful  conduct of its business,  to acquire a
closer  identification  of their  interests  with  those of the  corporation  by
providing them with opportunities to purchase stock in the Corporation  pursuant
to options granted hereunder, thereby stimulating their efforts on behalf of the
Corporation  and  strengthening   their  desire  to  remain  involved  with  the
Corporation.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                   Definitions

         2.1  "Affiliated  Corporation"  means any stock  corporation of which a
majority of the voting common or capital  stock is owned  directly or indirectly
by the Corporation.

         2.2  "Award" means an Option granted under Article V.

         2.3  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Second Amended 1991                     -1-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

         2.4  "Code"  means the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time.

         2.5  "Committee"  means a committee of not less than two members of the
Board  appointed  by the  Board  to  administer  the  Plan,  each  of  whom is a
"disinterested  person"  within the meaning of Rule 16b-3  under the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provision.

         2.6  "Corporation" means PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware
corporation, or its successor.

         2.7 "Employee" means any person who is a regular full-time or part-time
employee of the Corporation or an Affiliated  Corporation on or after August 30,
1991.

         2.8  "Option" means an Incentive Stock Option or  Non-Qualified  Option
granted by the Committee  under Article V of this Plan in the form of a right to
purchase  Stock  evidenced by an instrument  containing  such  provisions as the
Committee may establish.

         2.9  "Participant"  means a person selected by the Committee to receive
an award under the Plan.

         2.10  "Plan" means this 1991 Stock Option Plan.

         2.11  "Incentive Stock Option" ("ISO") means an option which qualifies
as an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code, as amended.

         2.12 "Non-Qualified Option" means any option not intended to qualify as
an Incentive Stock Option.

Second Amended 1991                     -2-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

         2.13 "Stock" means the Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Corporation
or any successor,  including any  adjustments in the event of changes in capital
structure of the type described in Article IX.

         2.14  "Reporting  Person"  means a person  subject to Section 16 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any successor provision.

         2.15  "Restricted  Period"  means the  period of time  selected  by the
Committee during which an Award may be forfeited by the person.

                                   ARTICLE III

                           Administration of the Plan

         3.1 ADMINISTRATION BY THE COMMITTEE. This Plan shall be administered by
the  Committee as defined  herein.  From time to time the Board may increase the
size of the Committee and appoint  additional  members  thereto,  remove members
(with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution  therefor,  fill
vacancies  however caused, or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter
directly administer the Plan. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any
action or  determination  made in good  faith  with  respect  to the Plan or any
options granted under it.

         3.2  POWERS.  The  Committee  shall  have full and final  authority  to
operate,  manage,  and  administer the Plan on behalf of the  Corporation.  This
authority includes, but is not limited to:

Second Amended 1991                      -3-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

                  (a)   The   power   to   grant   Awards    conditionally    or
         unconditionally,

                  (b)  The  power  to  prescribe   the  form  or  forms  of  the
         instruments evidencing Awards granted under this Plan,

                  (c) The power to interpret the Plan,

                  (d) The power to provide  regulations for the operation of the
         incentive  features of the Plan, and otherwise to prescribe and rescind
         regulations for  interpretation,  management and  administration of the
         Plan,

                  (e) The power to delegate  responsibility  for Plan operation,
         management and administration of the Plan,

                  (f) The power to delegate to other persons the  responsibility
         of performing  ministerial  acts in furtherance of the Plan's  purpose,
         and

                  (g) The power to engage the services of persons, companies, or
         organizations  in furtherance of the Plan's purpose,  including but not
         limited  to,  banks,   insurance   companies,   brokerage   firms,  and
         consultants.

         3.3 ADDITIONAL  POWERS. In addition,  as to each Option to buy Stock of
the  Corporation,  the  Committee  shall  have full and final  authority  in its
discretion: (a) to determine the number of shares

Second Amended 1991                     -4-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

of Stock  subject to each Option;  (b) to  determine  the time or times at which
Options  will be granted;  (c) to  determine  the option  price of the shares of
Stock  subject to each  Option,  which  price shall be not less than the minimum
price  specified in Article V of this Plan;  (d) to determine  the time or times
when each Option  shall  become  exercisable  and the  duration of the  exercise
period  (including the  acceleration  of any exercise  period),  which shall not
exceed the maximum period  specified in Article V; and (e) to determine  whether
each  Option  granted  shall be an  Incentive  Stock  Option or a  Non-qualified
Option.

         In no event may the  Corporation  grant an Employee any Incentive Stock
Option that is first exercisable  during any one calendar year to the extent the
aggregate fair market value of the Stock (determined at the time the options are
granted)  exceeds $100,000 (under all stock options plans of the Corporation and
any Affiliated Corporation);  provided,  however, that this paragraph shall have
no force and effect if its  inclusion in the Plan is not necessary for Incentive
Stock  Options  issued  under the Plan to  qualify as such  prusuant  to Section
422(d)(1) of the Code.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   Eligibility

         4.1 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES. All Employees (including Directors and Officers
who are  Employees  and who have not  irrevocably  elected to be  ineligible  to
participate in the Plan) are eligible to be

Second Amended 1991                     -5-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

gratned Incentive Stock Optona and Non-Qualified Option Awards under this Plan.

         4.2  CONSULTANTS,  DIRECTORS AND OTHER  NON-EMPLOYEES.  Any Consultant,
Director (whether or not an Employee) and any other  Non-Employee is eligible to
be granted  Non-Qualified  Option  Awards under the Plan provided the person has
not  irrevocably  elected  to be  ineligible  to  participate  in the Plan,  and
provided  further that upon  appointment  to the Committee at the first Board of
Directors  meeting  following  the  Annual  Meeting  of the  Shareholders,  each
non-employee  director  appointed  to  the  Committee  shall  be  deemed  to  be
ineligible to participate  under the Plan during his or her period of service on
the Committee.

         4.3 Relevant Factors. In selecting individual  Employees,  Consultants,
Directors,  and  other  Non-Employees  to whom  Awards  shall  be  granted,  the
Committee  shall weigh such factors as are relevant to accomplish the purpose of
the Plan as stated in Article I. An individual who has been granted an Award may
be granted one or more additional  Awards,  if the Committee so determines.  The
granting of an Award to any individual shall neither entitle that individual to,
nor disqualify him from, participation in any other grant of Awards.



Second Amended 1991                     -6-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE V

                               Stock Option Awards

         5.1 NUMBER OF SHARES.  Subject to the  provisions  of Article X of this
Plan,  the aggregate  number of shares of stock for which Options may be granted
under this Plan shall not exceed 350,000 shares. The shares to be delivered upon
exercise of Options under this Plan shall be made  available,  at the discretion
of the Committee,  either from authorized but unissued shares or from previously
issued  and  reacquired  shares of Stock  held by the  Corporation  as  treasury
shares, including shares purchased in the open market.

         Stock issuable upon exercise of an option granted under the Plan may be
subject  to  such   restrictions  on  transfer,   repurchase   rights  or  other
restrictions as shall be determined by the Committee.

         5.2 EFFECT OF EXPIRATION,  TERMINATION OR SURRENDER. If an Option under
this Plan  shall  expire  or  terminate  unexercised  as to any  shares  covered
thereby, or shall cease for any reason to be exercisable in whole or in part, or
if the Company shall  reacquire any unvested  shares issued  pursuant to Options
under the Plan,  such shares shall  thereafter  be available for the granting of
other Options under this Plan.

         5.3 TERM OF  OPTIONS.  The full term of each Option  granted  hereunder
shall  be for such  period  as the  Committee  shall  determine.  In the case of
Incentive Stock Options granted

Second Amended 1991                     -7-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

hereunder,  the term shall not  exceed ten (10) years from the date of  granting
thereof.  Each  Option  shall be subject to earlier  termination  as provided in
Section 6.3 and 6.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term of options intended
to qualify as "Incentive Stock Options" shall not exceed five (5) years from the
date of granting  thereof if such option is granted to any  employee  who at the
time  such  option is  granted  owns  more  than ten  percent  (10% of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation.

         5.4 OPTION PRICE. The option price shall be determined by the Committee
at the time any Option is granted.  In the case of Incentive Stock Options,  the
exercise  price  shall  not be less than  100% of the fair  market  value of the
shares covered thereby at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted (but in
no event less than par  value),  provided  that in the case  where an  Incentive
Stock Option is granted  hereunder to any Employee who at the time of grant owns
Stock  possessing  more than 10% of the combined  voting power of all classes of
stock of the  Corporation and its Affiliated  Corporations,  the Incentive Stock
Option  price  shall  equal not less than 110% of the fair  market  value of the
shares covered thereby at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted. In the
case of Non-Qualified  Stock Options,  the exercise price shall not be less than
par value.

         5.5 FAIR MARKET  VALUE.  If, at the time an Option is granted under the
Plan, the Corporation's Stock is publicly traded, "fair

Second Amended 1991                     -8-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

market value" shall be determined as of the business day for which the prices or
quotes  discussed  in this  sentence  are  available  on the date such Option is
granted and shall mean (i) the average (on that date) of the high and low prices
of the Stock on the principal national securities exchange on which the Stock is
traded, if the Stock is then traded on a national securities  exchange;  or (ii)
the last reported sale price (on that date) of the Stock on the NASDAQ  National
Market List, if the Stock is not the traded on a national  securities  exchange;
or (iii) the closing  bid price (or average of bid prices)  last quoted (on that
date) by an established  quotation service for over-the-counter  securities,  if
the Stock is not reported on the NASDAQ  National Market List.  However,  if the
Stock is not  publicly  traded at the time an Option is granted  under the Plan,
"fair  market  value"  shall  be  deemed  to be the fair  value of the  Stock as
determined by the Committee under Section 3.3.

         5.6  NON-TRANSFERABILITY  OF OPTIONS. No Option granted under this Plan
shall  be  transferable  by the  grantee  otherwise  than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution,  and such Option may be exercised during the grantee's
lifetime only by the grantee.

         5.7 FOREIGN  NATIONALS.  Awards may be granted to Participants  who are
foreign  nationals  or  employed  outside  the  United  States on such terms and
conditions different from those specified in the Plan as the Committee considers
necessary  or  advisable  to achieve  the  purposes  of the Plan or comply  with
applicable laws.


Second Amended 1991                     -9-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                               Exercise of Option

         6.1 EXERCISE.  Each Option  granted under the Plan shall be exercisable
on such date or dates and during  such  period and for such  number of shares as
shall be determined pursuant to the provisions of the instrument evidencing such
Option. The Committee shall have the right to accelerate the date of exercise of
any option.

         6.2 NOTICE OF EXERCISE.  A person  electing to exercise an Option shall
give written  notice to the  Corporation  of such  electino and of the number of
shares he or she has  elected  to  purchase  and  shall at the time of  exercise
tender the full purchase price of the shares he or she has elected to purchase.

         6.3  DELIVERY OF STOCK.  No shares  shall be delivered  pursuant to any
exercise  of an Option  until  payment in full of the option  price  therefor is
received  by the  Corporation.  Such  payment may be made in whole or in part in
cash or, to the extent  permitted  by the  Committee at or after the grant of an
Option,  by  delivery  of a note or shares of the Stock  owned by the  optionee,
including  Restricted  Stock,  valued at their fair market  value on the date of
delivery,  or such other lawful  consideration  as the Committee may  determine.
Until such person has been issued a certificate or  certificates  for the shares
so purchased,  he or she shall possess no rights of a record holder with respect
to any of such shares.

Second Amended 1991                     -10-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

         6.4 OPTION  UNAFFECTED BY CHANGE IN DUTIES.  No Incentive Stock Option,
and,  unless  otherwise  determined by the Committee,  no  Non-Qualified  Option
granted  to a  person  who is,  on the date of the  grant,  an  Employee  of the
Corporation  or an  Affiliated  Corporation,  shall be affected by any change of
duties or position of the optionee  (including transfer to or from an Affiliated
Corporation), so long as he or she continues to be an Employee. Employment shall
be  considered  as continuing  and  uninterrupted  during any bona fide leave of
absence  (such  as  those  attributable  to  illness,  military  obligations  or
governmental  service) provided that the period of such leave does not exceed 90
days  or,  if  longer,   any  period  during  which  such  optionee's  right  to
reemployment  is  guaranteed  by statute.  A bona fide leave of absence with the
written  approval of the Committee  shall not be considered an  interruption  of
employment  under the Plan,  provided that such written  approval  contractually
obligates  the  Corporation  or  any  Affiliated  Corporation  to  continue  the
employment of the optionee after the approved period of absence.

         If the optionee shall cease to be an Employee for any reason other than
death,  such Option shall  thereafter be  exercisable  only to the extent of the
purchase  rights,  if any, which have ac rued as of the date of such  cessation;
provided  that (i) the Committee may provide in the  instrument  evidencing  any
Option  that  the  Committee  may in its  absolute  discretion,  upon  any  such
cessation of employment, determine (but be under no obligation to determine)

Second Amended 1991                     -11-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>



that such accrued purchase rights shall be deemed to include  additional  shares
covered by such Option; and (ii) unless the Committee shall otherwise provide in
the  instrument  evidencing  any Option,  upon any such cessation of employment,
such remaining  rights to purchase shall in any event terminate upon the earlier
of (A) the  expiration  of the  original  term of the Option;  or (B) where such
cessation of employment is on account of disability,  the expiration of one year
from the date of such cessation of employment and, otherwise,  the expiration of
three  months from such date.  For purposes of the Plan,  the term  "disability"
shall mean  "permanent and total  disability" as defined in Section  22(e)(3) of
the Code.

         6.5 DEATH OF OPTIONEE.  Should an optionee die while in  possession  of
the legal right to exercise an Option or Options  under this Plan,  such persons
as shall have acquired, by will or by the laws of descent and distribution,  the
right to  exercise  any  Options  theretofore  granted,  may,  unless  otherwise
provided by the Committee in any instrument evidencing any Option, exercise such
Options at any time prior to one year from the ate of death; provided, that such
Option or Options  shall  expire in all events no later than the last day of the
original term of such Option; provided, further, that any such exercise shall be
limited  to the  purchase  rights  that  have  accrued  as of the date  when the
optionee  ceased to be an Employee,  whether by death or  otherwise,  unless the
Committee provides in the instrument evidencing such Option that,

Second Amended 1991                     -12-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

in the discretion of the Committee, additional shares covered by such Option may
become subject to purchase immediately upon the death of the optionee.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                          Reporting Person Limitations

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, to the extent required
to  qualify  for the  exemption  provided  by Rule  16b-3  under the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, and any successor provision, (i) any Stock or other equity
security  offered  under the Plan to a  Reporting  Person may not be sold for at
least six (6) months after  acquisition,  except in case of death or  disability
and (ii) any  Option,  or other  similar  right  related to an equity  security,
issued under the Plan to a Reporting Person shall not be transferable other than
by will or the laws of descent and distribution, shall not be exercisable for at
least six (6)  months  except in the case of death or  disability,  and shall be
exercisable  during the  Participant's  lifetime only by the  Participant or the
Participant's guardian or legal representative.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                         Terms and Conditions of Options

         Options shall be evidenced by instruments (which need not be identical)
in such forms as the Committee may from time to time approve.  Such  instruments
shall conform to the terms and

Second Amended 1991                     -13-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

conditions  set  forth in  Article 5 and 6 hereof  and may  contain  such  other
provisions as the Committee deems advisable that are not  inconsistent  with the
Plan,  including  restrictions  applicable  to  shares  of Stock  issuable  upon
exercise of Options.  In granting any  Non-Qualified  Option,  the Committee may
specify that such  NonQualified  Option shall be subject to the restrictions set
forth  herein  with  respect  to  Incentive  Stock  Options,  or to  such  other
termination  and  cancellation  provisions as the Committee may  determine.  The
Committee may from time to time confer  authority and  responsibility  on one or
more of its own  members  and/or  one or more  officers  of the  Corporation  to
execute and deliver such instruments. The proper officers of the Corporation are
authorized  and directed to take any and all action  necessary or advisable from
time to time to carry out the terms of such instruments.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  Benefit Plans

         Awards under the Plan are  discretionary  and are not a part of regular
salary. Awards may not be used in determining the amount of compensation for any
purpose  under  the  benefit  plans  of  the   Corporation,   or  an  Affiliated
Corporation,  except as the Committee may from time to time  expressly  provide.
Neither the Plan, an Option or any instrument  evidencing an Option confers upon
any  Employee  the right to  continued  employment  with the  Corporation  or an
Affiliated Corporation.

Second Amended 1991                     -14-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE X

                Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan

         The Board may suspend  the Plan or any part  thereof at any time or may
terminate  the Plan in its  entirety.  Awards  shall not be  granted  after Plan
termination.

         The Board  may also  amend  the Plan  from  time to time,  except  that
amendments which affect the following  subjects must be approved by stockholders
of the Corporation:

                  (a)  Except as  provided  in Article  XI  relative  to capital
         changes,  the  number  of  shares as to which  Options  may be  granted
         pursuant to Article V;

                  (b) The maximum term of Options granted;

                  (c) The minimum price at which Options may be granted;

                  (d) The term of the Plan; and

                  (e) The  requirements as to eligibility for  participation  in
         the Plan. Awards granted prior to suspension or termination of the Plan
         may not be cancelled  solely because of such suspension or termination,
         except with the consent of the grantee of the Award.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                          Changes in Capital Structure

         The instruments  evidencing  Options granted hereunder shall be subject
to  adjustment  in  the  event  of  changes  in  the  outstanding  Stock  of the
Corporation by reason of stock dividends, stock

Second Amended 1991                     -15-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

splits,    recapitalizations,    reorganizations,    mergers,    consolidations,
combinations,  exchanges or other relevant changes in  capitalization  occurring
after the date of an Award to the same extent as would affect an actual share of
stock  issued  and  outstanding  on the  effective  date  of such  change.  Such
adjustment  to  outstanding  Options  shall be made without  change in the total
price applicable to the unexercised portion of such options, and a corresponding
adjustment in the applicable  option price per share shall be made. In the event
of any such change, the aggregate number and classes of shares for which Options
may  thereafter be granted  under Section 5.1 of this Plan may be  appropriately
adjusted as determined by the Committee so as to reflect such change.

         Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  any adjustments  made pursuant to this
Article XI with respect to Incentive  Stock Options shall be made only after the
Committee, after consulting with counsel for the Corporation, determines whether
such  adjustments  would  constitute a  "modification"  of such Incentive  Stock
Options  (as that term is defined in Section 425 of the Code) or would cause any
adverse tax consequences for the holders of such Incentive Stock Options. If the
Committee  determines that such adjustments made with respect to Incentive Stock
Options would constitute a modification of such Incentive Stock Options,  it may
refrain from making such adjustments.

Second Amended 1991                     -16-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

         In  the  event  of  the  proposed  dissolution  or  liquidation  of the
Corporation, each Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of
such proposed action or at such other time and subject to such other  conditions
as shall be determined by the Committee.

         Except as expressly  provided herein, no issuance by the Corporation of
shares of stock of any class, or securities  convertible into shares of stock of
any class,  shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with
respect  to, the number or price of shares  subject to Options.  No  adjustments
shall be made for dividends paid in cash or in property other than securities of
the Corporation.

         No  fractional  shares  shall be issued under the Plan and the optionee
shall receive from the Corporation cash in lieu of such fractional shares.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                       Effective Date and Term of the Plan

         The Plan shall  become  effective  on August 30,  1991.  The Plan shall
continue  until  such  time as it may be  terminated  by  action  of the  Board;
provided,  however,  that no Options may be granted  under this Plan on or after
the tenth anniversary of the effective date hereof.



Second Amended 1991                     -17-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                 Conversion of ISO's into Non-Qualified Options;
                              Termination of ISO's

         The  Committee,  at the  written  request of any  optionee,  may in its
discretion  take such actions as may be  necessary  to convert  such  optionee's
Incentive Stock Options, that have not been exercised on the date of conversion,
into Non-Qualified Options at any time prior to the expiration of such Incentive
Stock  Options,  regardless  of  whether  the  optionee  is an  employee  of the
Corporation or an Affiliated  Corporation at the time of such  conversion.  Such
actions may include,  but not be limited to,  extending  the exercise  period or
reducing the exercise price of such Options. At the time of such conversion, the
Committee  (with the consent of the optionee) may impose such  conditions on the
Exercise  of  the  resulting  Non-Qualified  Options  as  the  Committee  in its
discretion  may  determine,   provided  that  such   conditions   shall  be  not
inconsistent  with the  Plan.  Nothing  in the Plan  shall be deemed to give any
optionee the right to have such  optionee's  Incentive  Stock Options  converted
into Non-Qualified  Options, and no such conversion shall occur until and unless
the Committee takes appropriate  action. The Committee,  with the consent of the
optionee,  may also terminate any portion of any Incentive Stock Option that has
not been exercised at the time of such termination.



Second Amended 1991                     -18-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                              Application of Funds

         The  proceeds  received  by the  Corporation  from the  sale of  shares
pursuant to Options  granted under the Plan shall be used for general  corporate
purposes.

                                   ARTICLE XV

                             Governmental Regulation

         The Corporation's  obligation to sell and deliver shares of Stock under
this Plan is subject to the approval of any governmental  authority  required in
connection with the authorization, issuance or sale of such shares.

                                   ARTICLE XVI

                     Withholding of Additional Income Taxes

         Upon  the  exercise  of a  Non-Qualified  Option  or  the  making  of a
Disqualifying  Disposition  (as  defined in  Article  XVI) the  Corporation,  in
accordance  with  Section  3402(a) of the Code,  may require the optionee to pay
additional  withholding  taxes  in  respect  of the  amount  that is  considered
compensation  includible  in such person's  gross  income.  The Committee in its
discretion  may  condition  the  exercise  of an Option on the  payment  of such
additional withholding taxes.



Second Amended 1991                     -19-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE XVII

                 Notice to Company of Disqualifying Disposition

         Each  employee  who  receives an  Incentive  Stock Option must agree to
notify  the  Corporation  in  writing  immediately  after the  employee  makes a
Disqualifying  Disposition of any Stock acquired  pursuant to the exercise of an
Incentive  Stock  Option.   A  Disqualifying   Disposition  is  any  disposition
(including  any sale) of such Stock  before the later of (a) two years after the
date the employee was granted the  Incentive  Stock Option or (b) one year after
the date the employee  acquired Stock by exercising the Incentive  Stock Option.
If the  employee  has died  before  such  stock is sold,  these  holding  period
requirements do not apply and no Disqualifying Disposition can occur thereafter.

                                  ARTICLE XVIII

                           Governing Law; Construction

         The  validity  and   construction  of  the  Plan  and  the  instruments
evidencing  Options  shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.  In
construing  this Plan,  the singular  shall include the plural and the masculine
gender  shall  include the  feminine  and neuter,  unless the context  otherwise
requires.



Second Amended 1991                     -20-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                      SECOND AMENDED 1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN


                                    ARTICLE I

                               Purpose of the Plan

         The  purpose  of  this  plan  is to  encourage  and  enable  employees,
consultants,  directors  and others who are in a  position  to make  significant
contributions  to the success of PALOMAR MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGIES,  INC. and of its
affiliated  corporations  upon  whose  judgment,  initiative,  and  efforts  the
Corporation  depends for the  successful  conduct of its business,  to acquire a
closer  identification  of their  interests  with  those of the  corporation  by
providing them with opportunities to purchase stock in the Corporation  pursuant
to options granted hereunder, thereby stimulating their efforts on behalf of the
Corporation  and  strengthening   their  desire  to  remain  involved  with  the
Corporation.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                   Definitions

         2.1  "Affiliated  Corporation"  means any stock  corporation of which a
majority of the voting common or capital  stock is owned  directly or indirectly
by the Corporation.

         2.2      "Award" means an Option granted under Article V.

         2.3      "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -1-                      Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>



         2.4 "Code"  means the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended form
time to time.

         2.5  "Committee"  means a committee of not less than two members of the
Board  appointed  by the  Board  to  administer  the  Plan,  each  of  whom is a
"disinterested  person"  within the meaning of Rule 16b-3  under the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provision.

         2.6 "Corporation" means PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES,  INC., a Delaware
corporation, or its successor.

         2.7 "Employee" means any person who is a regular full-time or part-time
employee of the Corporation or an Affiliated  Corporation on or after August 30,
1991.

         2.8 "Option" means an Incentive  Stock Option or  Non-Qualified  Option
granted by the Committee  under Article V of this Plan in the form of a right to
purchase  Stock  evidenced by an instrument  containing  such  provisions as the
Committee may establish.

         2.9  "Participant"  means a person selected by the Committee to receive
an award under the Plan.

         2.10 "Plan" means this 1991 Stock Option Plan.

         2.11  "Incentive  Stock Option" ("ISO") means an option which qualifies
as an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code, as amended.

         2.12 "Non-Qualified Option" means any option not intended to qualify as
an Incentive Stock Option.

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -2-                      Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>



         2.13 "Stock" means the Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Corporation
or any successor,  including any  adjustments in the event of changes in capital
structure of the type described in Article XI.

         2.14  "Reporting  Person"  means a person  subject to Section 16 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any successor provision.

         2.15  "Restricted  Period"  means the  period of time  selected  by the
Committee during which an Award may be forfeited by the person.

                                   ARTICLE III

                           Administration of the Plan

         3.1 Administration by the Committee. This Plan shall be administered by
the  Committee as defined  herein.  From time to time the Board may increase the
size of the Committee and appoint  additional  members  thereto,  remove members
(with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution  therefor,  fill
vacancies  however caused, or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter
directly administer the Plan. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any
action or  determination  made in good  faith  with  respect  to the Plan or any
options granted under it.

         3.2  Powers.  The  Committee  shall  have full and final  authority  to
operate,  manage,  and  administer the Plan on behalf of the  Corporation.  This
authority includes, but is not limited to:

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -3-                      Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>



                  (a)   The   power   to   grant   Awards    conditionally    or
         unconditionally,

                  (b)  The  power  to  prescribe   the  form  or  forms  of  the
         instruments evidencing Awards granted under this Plan,

                  (c) The power to interpret the Plan,

                  (d) The power to provide  regulations for the operation of the
         incentive  features of the Plan, and otherwise to prescribe and rescind
         regulations for  interpretation,  management and  administration of the
         Plan,

                  (e) The power to delegate  responsibility  for Plan operation,
         management and administration of the Plan,

                  (f) The power to delegate to other persons the  responsibility
         of performing  ministerial  acts in furtherance of the Plan's  purpose,
         and

                  (g) The power to engage the services of persons, companies, or
         organizations  in furtherance of the Plan's purpose,  including but not
         limited  to,  banks,   insurance   companies,   brokerage   firms,  and
         consultants.

         3.3 Additional  Powers. In addition,  as to each Option to buy Stock of
the  Corporation,  the  Committee  shall  have full and final  authority  in its
discretion: (a) to determine the number of shares

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -4-                      Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>

of Stock  subject to each Option;  (b) to  determine  the time or times at which
Options  will be granted;  (c) to  determine  the option  price of the shares of
Stock  subject to each  Option,  which  price shall be not less than the minimum
price  specified in Article V of this Plan;  (d) to determine  the time or times
when each Option  shall  become  exercisable  and the  duration of the  exercise
period  (including the  acceleration  of any exercise  period),  which shall not
exceed the maximum period  specified in Article V; and (e) to determine  whether
each  Option  granted  shall be an  Incentive  Stock  Option or a  Non-qualified
Option.

         In no event may the  Corporation  grant an Employee any Incentive Stock
Option that is first exercisable  during any one calendar year to the extent the
aggregate fair market value of the Stock (determined at the time the options are
granted)  exceeds $100,000 (under all stock options plans of the Corporation and
any Affiliated Corporation);  provided,  however, that this paragraph shall have
no force and effect if its  inclusion in the Plan is not necessary for Incentive
Stock  Options  issued  under the Plan to  qualify as such  prusuant  to Section
422(d)(1) of the Code.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   Eligibility

         4.1 Eligible Employees. All Employees (including Directors and Officers
who are  Employees  and who have not  irrevocably  elected to be  ineligible  to
participate in the Plan) are eligible to be

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -5-                      Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>

granted Incentive Stock Optona and Non-Qualified Option Awards under this Plan.

         4.2  Consultants,  Directors and other  Non-Employees.  Any Consultant,
Director (whether or not an Employee) and any other  Non-Employee is eligible to
be granted  Non-Qualified  Option  Awards under the Plan provided the person has
not  irrevocably  elected  to be  ineligible  to  participate  in the Plan,  and
provided  further that upon  appointment  to the Committee at the first Board of
Directors  meeting  following  the  Annual  Meeting  of the  Shareholders,  each
non-employee  director  appointed  to  the  Committee  shall  be  deemed  to  be
ineligible to participate  under the Plan during his or her period of service on
the Committee.

         4.3 Relevant Factors. In selecting individual  Employees,  Consultants,
Directors,  and  other  Non-Employees  to whom  Awards  shall  be  granted,  the
Committee  shall weigh such factors as are relevant to accomplish the purpose of
the Plan as stated in Article I. An individual who has been granted an Award may
be granted one or more additional  Awards,  if the Committee so determines.  The
granting of an Award to any individual shall neither entitle that individual to,
nor disqualify him from, participation in any other grant of Awards.

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -6-                      Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE V

                               Stock Option Awards

         5.1 NUMBER OF SHARES.  Subject to the  provisions of Article XI of this
Plan,  the aggregate  number of shares of stock for which Options may be granted
under this Plan shall not exceed 500,000 shares. The shares to be delivered upon
exercise of Options under this Plan shall be made  available,  at the discretion
of the Committee,  either from authorized but unissued shares or from previously
issued  and  reacquired  shares of Stock  held by the  Corporation  as  treasury
shares, including shares purchased in the open market.

         Stock issuable upon exercise of an option granted under the Plan may be
subject  to  such   restrictions  on  transfer,   repurchase   rights  or  other
restrictions as shall be determined by the Committee.

         5.2 EFFECT OF EXPIRATION,  TERMINATION OR SURRENDER. If an Option under
this Plan  shall  expire  or  terminate  unexercised  as to any  shares  covered
thereby, or shall cease for any reason to be exercisable in whole or in part, or
if the Company shall  reacquire any unvested  shares issued  pursuant to Options
under the Plan,  such shares shall  thereafter  be available for the granting of
other Options under this Plan.

         5.3 TERM OF  OPTIONS.  The full term of each Option  granted  hereunder
shall  be for such  period  as the  Committee  shall  determine.  In the case of
Incentive Stock Options granted

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -7-                      Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>

hereunder,  the term shall not  exceed ten (10) years from the date of  granting
thereof.  Each  Option  shall be subject to earlier  termination  as provided in
Section 6.3 and 6.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term of options intended
to qualify as "Incentive Stock Options" shall not exceed five (5) years from the
date of granting  thereof if such option is granted to any  employee  who at the
time  such  option is  granted  owns  more  than ten  percent  (10% of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation.

         5.4 OPTION PRICE. The option price shall be determined by the Committee
at the time any Option is granted.  In the case of Incentive Stock Options,  the
exercise  price  shall  not be less than  100% of the fair  market  value of the
shares covered thereby at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted (but in
no event less than par  value),  provided  that in the case  where an  Incentive
Stock Option is granted  hereunder to any Employee who at the time of grant owns
Stock  possessing  more than 10% of the combined  voting power of all classes of
stock of the  Corporation and its Affiliated  Corporations,  the Incentive Stock
Option  price  shall  equal not less than 110% of the fair  market  value of the
shares covered thereby at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted. In the
case of Non-Qualified  Stock Options,  the exercise price shall not be less than
par value.

         5.5 FAIR MARKET  VALUE.  If, at the time an Option is granted under the
Plan, the Corporation's Stock is publicly traded, "fair

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -8-                      Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>

market value" shall be determined as of the business day for which the prices or
quotes  discussed  in this  sentence  are  available  on the date such Option is
granted and shall mean (i) the average (on that date) of the high and low prices
of the Stock on the principal national securities exchange on which the Stock is
traded, if the Stock is then traded on a national securities  exchange;  or (ii)
the last reported sale price (on that date) of the Stock on the NASDAQ  National
Market List, if the Stock is not the traded on a national  securities  exchange;
or (iii) the closing  bid price (or average of bid prices)  last quoted (on that
date) by an established  quotation service for over-the-counter  securities,  if
the Stock is not reported on the NASDAQ  National Market List.  However,  if the
Stock is not  publicly  traded at the time an Option is granted  under the Plan,
"fair  market  value"  shall  be  deemed  to be the fair  value of the  Stock as
determined by the Committee under Section 3.3.

         5.6  NON-TRANSFERABILITY  OF OPTIONS. No Option granted under this Plan
shall  be  transferable  by the  grantee  otherwise  than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution,  and such Option may be exercised during the grantee's
lifetime only by the grantee.

         5.7 FOREIGN  NATIONALS.  Awards may be granted to Participants  who are
foreign  nationals  or  employed  outside  the  United  States on such terms and
conditions different from those specified in the Plan as the Committee considers
necessary  or  advisable  to achieve  the  purposes  of the Plan or comply  with
applicable laws.


1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -9-                      Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                               Exercise of Option

         6.1 EXERCISE.  Each Option  granted under the Plan shall be exercisable
on such date or dates and during  such  period and for such  number of shares as
shall be determined pursuant to the provisions of the instrument evidencing such
Option. The Committee shall have the right to accelerate the date of exercise of
any option.

         6.2 NOTICE OF EXERCISE.  A person  electing to exercise an Option shall
give written  notice to the  Corporation  of such  electino and of the number of
shares he or she has  elected  to  purchase  and  shall at the time of  exercise
tender the full purchase price of the shares he or she has elected to purchase.

         6.3  DELIVER OF STOCK.  No shares  shall be  delivered  pursuant to any
exercise  of an Option  until  payment in full of the option  price  therefor is
received  by the  Corporation.  Such  payment may be made in whole or in part in
cash or, to the extent  permitted  by the  Committee at or after the grant of an
Option,  by  delivery  of a note or shares of the Stock  owned by the  optionee,
including  Restricted  Stock,  valued at their fair market  value on the date of
delivery,  or such other lawful  consideration  as the Committee may  determine.
Until such person has been issued a certificate or  certificates  for the shares
so purchased,  he or she shall possess no rights of a record holder with respect
to any of such shares.

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -10-                     Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>

         6.4 OPTION  UNAFFECTED BY CHANGE IN DUTIES.  No Incentive Stock Option,
and,  unless  otherwise  determined by the Committee,  no  Non-Qualified  Option
granted  to a  person  who is,  on the date of the  grant,  an  Employee  of the
Corporation  or an  Affiliated  Corporation,  shall be affected by any change of
duties or position of the optionee  (including transfer to or from an Affiliated
Corporation), so long as he or she continues to be an Employee. Employment shall
be  considered  as continuing  and  uninterrupted  during any bona fide leave of
absence  (such  as  those  attributable  to  illness,  military  obligations  or
governmental  service) provided that the period of such leave does not exceed 90
days  or,  if  longer,   any  period  during  which  such  optionee's  right  to
reemployment  is  guaranteed  by statute.  A bona fide leave of absence with the
written  approval of the Committee  shall not be considered an  interruption  of
employment  under the Plan,  provided that such written  approval  contractually
obligates  the  Corporation  or  any  Affiliated  Corporation  to  continue  the
employment of the optionee after the approved period of absence.

         If the optionee shall cease to be an Employee for any reason other than
death,  such Option shall  thereafter be  exercisable  only to the extent of the
purchase  rights,  if any, which have ac rued as of the date of such  cessation;
provided  that (i) the Committee may provide in the  instrument  evidencing  any
Option  that  the  Committee  may in its  absolute  discretion,  upon  any  such
cessation of employment, determine (but be under no obligation to determine)

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -11-                     Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>

that such accrued purchase rights shall be deemed to include  additional  shares
covered by such Option; and (ii) unless the Committee shall otherwise provide in
the  instrument  evidencing  any Option,  upon any such cessation of employment,
such remaining  rights to purchase shall in any event terminate upon the earlier
of (A) the  expiration  of the  original  term of the Option;  or (B) where such
cessation of employment is on account of disability,  the expiration of one year
from the date of such cessation of employment and, otherwise,  the expiration of
three  months from such date.  For purposes of the Plan,  the term  "disability"
shall mean  "permanent and total  disability" as defined in Section  22(e)(3) of
the Code.

         6.5 DEATH OF OPTIONEE.  Should an optionee die while in  possession  of
the legal right to exercise an Option or Options  under this Plan,  such persons
as shall have acquired, by will or by the laws of descent and distribution,  the
right to  exercise  any  Options  theretofore  granted,  may,  unless  otherwise
provided by the Committee in any instrument evidencing any Option, exercise such
Options at any time prior to one year from the ate of death; provided, that such
Option or Options  shall  expire in all events no later than the last day of the
original term of such Option; provided, further, that any such exercise shall be
limited  to the  purchase  rights  that  have  accrued  as of the date  when the
optionee  ceased to be an Employee,  whether by death or  otherwise,  unless the
Committee provides in the instrument evidencing such Option that,

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -12-                     Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>

in the discretion of the Committee, additional shares covered by such Option may
become subject to purchase immediately upon the death of the optionee.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                          Reporting Person Limitations

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, to the extent required
to  qualify  for the  exemption  provided  by Rule  16b-3  under the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, and any successor provision, (i) any Stock or other equity
security  offered  under the Plan to a  Reporting  Person may not be sold for at
least six (6) months after  acquisition,  except in case of death or  disability
and (ii) any  Option,  or other  similar  right  related to an equity  security,
issued under the Plan to a Reporting Person shall not be transferable other than
by will or the laws of descent and distribution, shall not be exercisable for at
least six (6)  months  except in the case of death or  disability,  and shall be
exercisable  during the  Participant's  lifetime only by the  Participant or the
Participant's guardian or legal representative.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                         Terms and Conditions of Options

         Options shall be evidenced by instruments (which need not be identical)
in such forms as the Committee may from time to time approve.  Such  instruments
shall conform to the terms and

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -13-                     Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>

conditions  set forth in  Article V and VI hereof  and may  contain  such  other
provisions as the Committee deems advisable that are not  inconsistent  with the
Plan,  including  restrictions  applicable  to  shares  of Stock  issuable  upon
exercise of Options.  In granting any  Non-Qualified  Option,  the Committee may
specify that such  NonQualified  Option shall be subject to the restrictions set
forth  herein  with  respect  to  Incentive  Stock  Options,  or to  such  other
termination  and  cancellation  provisions as the Committee may  determine.  The
Committee may from time to time confer  authority and  responsibility  on one or
more of its own  members  and/or  one or more  officers  of the  Corporation  to
execute and deliver such instruments. The proper officers of the Corporation are
authorized  and directed to take any and all action  necessary or advisable from
time to time to carry out the terms of such instruments.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  Benefit Plans

         Awards under the Plan are  discretionary  and are not a part of regular
salary. Awards may not be used in determining the amount of compensation for any
purpose  under  the  benefit  plans  of  the   Corporation,   or  an  Affiliated
Corporation,  except as the Committee may from time to time  expressly  provide.
Neither the Plan, an Option or any instrument  evidencing an Option confers upon
any  Employee  the right to  continued  employment  with the  Corporation  or an
Affiliated Corporation.

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -14-                     Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE X

                Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan

         The Board may suspend  the Plan or any part  thereof at any time or may
terminate  the Plan in its  entirety.  Awards  shall not be  granted  after Plan
termination.

         The Board  may also  amend  the Plan  from  time to time,  except  that
amendments which affect the following  subjects must be approved by stockholders
of the Corporation:

                  (a)  Except as  provided  in Article  XI  relative  to capital
         changes,  the  number  of  shares as to which  Options  may be  granted
         pursuant to Article V;

                  (b) The maximum term of Options granted;

                  (c) The minimum price at which Options may be granted;

                  (d) The term of the Plan; and

                  (e) The  requirements as to eligibility for  participation  in
         the Plan.

         Awards  granted prior to suspension or  termination of the Plan may not
be cancelled  solely because of such suspension or termination,  except with the
consent of the grantee of the Award.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                          Changes in Capital Structure

         The instruments  evidencing  Options granted hereunder shall be subject
to  adjustment  in  the  event  of  changes  in  the  outstanding  Stock  of the
Corporation by reason of stock dividends, stock

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -15-                     Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>

splits,    recapitalizations,    reorganizations,    mergers,    consolidations,
combinations,  exchanges or other relevant changes in  capitalization  occurring
after the date of an Award to the same extent as would affect an actual share of
stock  issued  and  outstanding  on the  effective  date  of such  change.  Such
adjustment  to  outstanding  Options  shall be made without  change in the total
price applicable to the unexercised portion of such options, and a corresponding
adjustment in the applicable  option price per share shall be made. In the event
of any such change, the aggregate number and classes of shares for which Options
may  thereafter be granted  under Section 5.1 of this Plan may be  appropriately
adjusted as determined by the Committee so as to reflect such change.

         Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  any adjustments  made pursuant to this
Article XI with respect to Incentive  Stock Options shall be made only after the
Committee, after consulting with counsel for the Corporation, determines whether
such  adjustments  would  constitute a  "modification"  of such Incentive  Stock
Options  (as that term is defined in Section 425 of the Code) or would cause any
adverse tax consequences for the holders of such Incentive Stock Options. If the
Committee  determines that such adjustments made with respect to Incentive Stock
Options would constitute a modification of such Incentive Stock Options,  it may
refrain from making such adjustments.

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -16-                     Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>

         In  the  event  of  the  proposed  dissolution  or  liquidation  of the
Corporation, each Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of
such proposed action or at such other time and subject to such other  conditions
as shall be determined by the Committee.

         Except as expressly  provided herein, no issuance by the Corporation of
shares of stock of any class, or securities  convertible into shares of stock of
any class,  shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with
respect  to, the number or price of shares  subject to Options.  No  adjustments
shall be made for dividends paid in cash or in property other than securities of
the Corporation.

         No  fractional  shares  shall be issued under the Plan and the optionee
shall receive from the Corporation cash in lieu of such fractional shares.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                       Effective Date and Term of the Plan

         The Plan  shall  become  effective  on April 23,  1993.  The Plan shall
continue  until  such  time as it may be  terminated  by  action  of the  Board;
provided,  however,  that no Options may be granted  under this Plan on or after
the tenth anniversary of the effective date hereof.



1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -17-                     Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICE XIII

                 Conversion of ISO's into Non-Qualified Options;
                              Termination of ISO's

         The  Committee,  at the  written  request of any  optionee,  may in its
discretion  take such actions as may be  necessary  to convert  such  optionee's
Incentive Stock Options, that have not been exercised on the date of conversion,
into Non-Qualified Options at any time prior to the expiration of such Incentive
Stock  Options,  regardless  of  whether  the  optionee  is an  employee  of the
Corporation or an Affiliated  Corporation at the time of such  conversion.  Such
actions may include,  but not be limited to,  extending  the exercise  period or
reducing the exercise price of such Options. At the time of such conversion, the
Committee  (with the consent of the optionee) may impose such  conditions on the
Exercise  of  the  resulting  Non-Qualified  Options  as  the  Committee  in its
discretion  may  determine,   provided  that  such   conditions   shall  be  not
inconsistent  with the  Plan.  Nothing  in the Plan  shall be deemed to give any
optionee the right to have such  optionee's  Incentive  Stock Options  converted
into Non-Qualified  Options, and no such conversion shall occur until and unless
the Committee takes appropriate  action. The Committee,  with the consent of the
optionee,  may also terminate any portion of any Incentive Stock Option that has
not been exercised at the time of such termination.

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -18-                     Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                              Application of Funds

         The  proceeds  received  by the  Corporation  from the  sale of  shares
pursuant to Options  granted under the Plan shall be used for general  corporate
purposes.

                                   ARTICLE XV

                             Governmental Regulation

         The Corporation's  obligation to sell and deliver shares of Stock under
this Plan is subject to the approval of any governmental  authority  required in
connection with the authorization, issuance or sale of such shares.

                                   ARTICLE XVI

                     Withholding of Additional Income Taxes

         Upon  the  exercise  of a  Non-Qualified  Option  or  the  making  of a
Disqualifying  Disposition  (as  defined in  Article  XVI) the  Corporation,  in
accordance  with  Section  3402(a) of the Code,  may require the optionee to pay
additional  withholding  taxes  in  respect  of the  amount  that is  considered
compensation  includible  in such person's  gross  income.  The Committee in its
discretion  may  condition  the  exercise  of an Option on the  payment  of such
additional withholding taxes.

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -19-                     Amended 5/21/99

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XVII

                 Notice to Company of Disqualifying Disposition

         Each  employee  who  receives an  Incentive  Stock Option must agree to
notify  the  Corporation  in  writing  immediately  after the  employee  makes a
Disqualifying  Disposition of any Stock acquired  pursuant to the exercise of an
Incentive  Stock  Option.   A  Disqualifying   Disposition  is  any  disposition
(including  any sale) of such Stock  before the later of (a) two years after the
date the employee was granted the  Incentive  Stock Option or (b) one year after
the date the employee  acquired Stock by exercising the Incentive  Stock Option.
If the  employee  has died  before  such  stock is sold,  these  holding  period
requirements do not apply and no Disqualifying Disposition can occur thereafter.

                                  ARTICLE XVIII

                           Governing Law; Construction

         The  validity  and   construction  of  the  Plan  and  the  instruments
evidencing  Options  shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.  In
construing  this Plan,  the singular  shall include the plural and the masculine
gender  shall  include the  feminine  and neuter,  unless the context  otherwise
requires.

1993 Second Amended
Stock Option Plan                       -20-                     Amended 5/21/99



                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                      SECOND AMENDED 1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                                    ARTICLE I

                               Purpose of the Plan

         The  purpose  of  this  plan  is to  encourage  and  enable  employees,
consultants,  directors  and others who are in a  position  to make  significant
contributions  to the success of PALOMAR MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGIES,  INC. and of its
affiliated  corporations  upon  whose  judgment,  initiative,  and  efforts  the
Corporation  depends for the  successful  conduct of its business,  to acquire a
closer  identification  of their  interests  with  those of the  corporation  by
providing them with opportunities to purchase stock in the Corporation  pursuant
to options granted hereunder, thereby stimulating their efforts on behalf of the
Corporation  and  strengthening   their  desire  to  remain  involved  with  the
Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                   Definitions

         2.1  "Affiliated  Corporation"  means any stock  corporation of which a
majority of the voting common or capital  stock is owned  directly or indirectly
by the Corporation.

         2.2 "Award" means an Option granted under Article V.

         2.3 "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Second Amended 1995                     -1-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

         2.4 "Code"  means the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended form
time to time.

         2.5  "Committee"  means a committee of not less than two members of the
Board  appointed  by the  Board  to  administer  the  Plan,  each  of  whom is a
"disinterested  person"  within the meaning of Rule 16b-3  under the  Securities
Exchange  Act of  1934,  or any  successor  provision.  In the  event  that  two
"disinterested  persons" are not available to administer the Plan, the Board may
appoint to the  Committee  two members of the Board,  either or both of whom are
not  "disinterested  persons," in which event this Plan shall not qualify  under
Rule 16b-3, but this Plan shall be valid and operative in all other respects.

         2.6 "Corporation" means PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES,  INC., a Delaware
corporation, or its successor.

         2.7 "Employee" means any person who is a regular full-time or part-time
employee of the  Corporation or an Affiliated  Corporation on or after August 3,
1994.

         2.8 "Option" means an Incentive  Stock Option or  Non-Qualified  Option
granted by the Committee  under Article V of this Plan in the form of a right to
purchase  Stock  evidenced by an instrument  containing  such  provisions as the
Committee may establish.

         2.9  "Participant"  means a person selected by the Committee to receive
an award under the Plan.

         2.10     "Plan" means this 1995 Stock Option Plan.

Second Amended 1995                     -2-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

         2.11  "Incentive  Stock Option" ("ISO") means an option which qualifies
as an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code, as amended.

         2.12 "Non-Qualified Option" means any option not intended to qualify as
an Incentive Stock Option.

         2.13 "Stock" means the Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Corporation
or any successor,  including any  adjustments in the event of changes in capital
structure of the type described in Article XI.

         2.14  "Reporting  Person"  means a person  subject to Section 16 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any successor provision.

         2.15  "Restricted  Period"  means the  period of time  selected  by the
Committee during which an Award may be forfeited by the person.

                                   ARTICLE III

                           Administration of the Plan

         3.1 ADMINISTRATION BY THE COMMITTEE. This Plan shall be administered by
the  Committee as defined  herein.  From time to time the Board may increase the
size of the Committee and appoint  additional  members  thereto,  remove members
(with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution  therefor,  fill
vacancies  however caused, or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter
directly administer the Plan. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any
action or determination made in

Second Amended 1995                     -3-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

good faith with respect to the Plan or any options granted under it.

         3.2  POWERS.  The  Committee  shall  have full and final  authority  to
operate,  manage,  and  administer the Plan on behalf of the  Corporation.  This
authority includes, but is not limited to:

                  (a)   The   power   to   grant   Awards    conditionally    or
         unconditionally,

                  (b)  The  power  to  prescribe   the  form  or  forms  of  the
         instruments evidencing Awards granted under this Plan,

                  (c) The power to interpret the Plan,

                  (d) The power to provide  regulations for the operation of the
         incentive  features of the Plan, and otherwise to prescribe and rescind
         regulations for  interpretation,  management and  administration of the
         Plan,

                  (e) The power to delegate  responsibility  for Plan operation,
         management and administration of the Plan,

                  (f) The power to delegate to other persons the  responsibility
         of performing  ministerial  acts in furtherance of the Plan's  purpose,
         and

                  (g) The power to engage the services of persons, companies, or
         organizations  in furtherance of the Plan's purpose,  including but not
         limited to,

Second Amended 1995                     -4-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan


<PAGE>

         banks, insurance companies, brokerage firms, and consultants.

         3.3 ADDITIONAL  POWERS. In addition,  as to each Option to buy Stock of
the  Corporation,  the  Committee  shall  have full and final  authority  in its
discretion:  (a) to  determine  the  number of shares of Stock  subject  to each
Option; (b) to determine the time or times at which Options will be granted; (c)
to  determine  the option  price of the shares of Stock  subject to each Option,
which price shall be not less than the minimum  price  specified in Article V of
this Plan;  (d) to  determine  the time or times when each Option  shall  become
exercisable and the duration of the exercise period  (including the acceleration
of any exercise period),  which shall not exceed the maximum period specified in
Article  V;  and (e) to  determine  whether  each  Option  granted  shall  be an
Incentive Stock Option or a Non-qualified Option.

         In no event may the  Corporation  grant an Employee any Incentive Stock
Option that is first exercisable  during any one calendar year to the extent the
aggregate fair market value of the Stock (determined at the time the options are
granted)  exceeds $100,000 (under all stock options plans of the Corporation and
any Affiliated Corporation);  provided,  however, that this paragraph shall have
no force and effect if its  inclusion in the Plan is not necessary for Incentive
Stock  Options  issued  under the Plan to  qualify as such  prusuant  to Section
422(d)(1) of the Code.

Second Amended 1995                     -5-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   Eligibility

         4.1 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES. All Employees (including Directors and Officers
who are  Employees  and who have not  irrevocably  elected to be  ineligible  to
participate in the Plan) are eligible to be gratned  Incentive  Stock Optona and
Non-Qualified Option Awards

under this Plan.

         4.2  CONSULTANTS,  DIRECTORS AND OTHER  NON-EMPLOYEES.  Any Consultant,
Director (whether or not an Employee) and any other  Non-Employee is eligible to
be granted  Non-Qualified  Option  Awards under the Plan provided the person has
not  irrevocably  elected  to be  ineligible  to  participate  in the Plan,  and
provided  further that upon  appointment  to the Committee at the first Board of
Directors  meeting  following  the  Annual  Meeting  of the  Shareholders,  each
non-employee  director  appointed  to  the  Committee  shall  be  deemed  to  be
ineligible to participate  under the Plan during his or her period of service on
the Committee.

         4.3 RELEVANT FACTORS. In selecting individual  Employees,  Consultants,
Directors,  and  other  Non-Employees  to whom  Awards  shall  be  granted,  the
Committee  shall weigh such factors as are relevant to accomplish the purpose of
the Plan as stated in Article I. An individual who has been granted an Award may
be granted one or more additional  Awards,  if the Committee so determines.  The
granting of an Award to any individual shall neither entitle that

Second Amended 1995                     -6-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

individual  to, nor  disqualify  him from,  participation  in any other grant of
Awards.

                                    ARTICLE V

                               Stock Option Awards

         5.1 NUMBER OF SHARES.  Subject to the  provisions of Article XI of this
Plan,  the aggregate  number of shares of stock for which Options may be granted
under this Plan shall not exceed  1,000,000  shares.  The shares to be delivered
upon  exercise  of  Options  under  this Plan  shall be made  available,  at the
discretion of the Committee,  either from authorized but unissued shares or from
previously  issued and  reacquired  shares of Stock held by the  Corporation  as
treasury shares, including shares purchased in the open market.

         Stock issuable upon exercise of an option granted under the Plan may be
subject  to  such   restrictions  on  transfer,   repurchase   rights  or  other
restrictions as shall be determined by the Committee.

         5.2 EFFECT OF EXPIRATION,  TERMINATION OR SURRENDER. If an Option under
this Plan  shall  expire  or  terminate  unexercised  as to any  shares  covered
thereby, or shall cease for any reason to be exercisable in whole or in part, or
if the Company shall  reacquire any unvested  shares issued  pursuant to Options
under the Plan,  such shares shall  thereafter  be available for the granting of
other Options under this Plan.

Second Amended 1995                     -7-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

         5.3 TERM OF  OPTIONS.  The full term of each Option  granted  hereunder
shall  be for such  period  as the  Committee  shall  determine.  In the case of
Incentive  Stock Options granted  hereunder,  the term shall not exceed ten (10)
years from the date of granting thereof. Each Option shall be subject to earlier
termination as provided in Section 6.3 and 6.4.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
the term of options  intended to qualify as "Incentive  Stock Options" shall not
exceed  five (5)  years  from the date of  granting  thereof  if such  option is
granted to any  employee  who at the time such option is granted  owns more than
ten percent (10% of the total  combined  voting power of all classes of stock of
the Corporation.

         5.4 OPTION PRICE. The option price shall be determined by the Committee
at the time any Option is granted.  In the case of Incentive Stock Options,  the
exercise  price  shall  not be less than  100% of the fair  market  value of the
shares covered thereby at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted (but in
no event less than par  value),  provided  that in the case  where an  Incentive
Stock Option is granted  hereunder to any Employee who at the time of grant owns
Stock  possessing  more than 10% of the combined  voting power of all classes of
stock of the  Corporation and its Affiliated  Corporations,  the Incentive Stock
Option  price  shall  equal not less than 110% of the fair  market  value of the
shares covered thereby at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted. In the
case of

Second Amended 1995                     -8-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

Non-Qualified  Stock  Options,  the  exercise  price  shall not be less than par
value.

         5.5 FAIR MARKET  VALUE.  If, at the time an Option is granted under the
Plan, the Corporation's  Stock is publicly traded,  "fair market value" shall be
determined  as of the business  day for which the prices or quotes  discussed in
this  sentence  are  available on the date such Option is granted and shall mean
(i) the  average  (on that  date) of the high and low prices of the Stock on the
principal  national  securities  exchange  on which the Stock is traded,  if the
Stock  is then  traded  on a  national  securities  exchange;  or (ii)  the last
reported  sale price (on that date) of the Stock on the NASDAQ  National  Market
List, if the Stock is not the traded on a national securities exchange; or (iii)
the closing  bid price (or average of bid prices)  last quoted (on that date) by
an established quotation service for over-the-counter  securities,  if the Stock
is not reported on the NASDAQ National Market List. However, if the Stock is not
publicly  traded at the time an Option is granted  under the Plan,  "fair market
value"  shall be deemed to be the fair value of the Stock as  determined  by the
Committee under Section 3.3.

         5.6  NON-TRANSFERABILITY  OF OPTIONS. No Option granted under this Plan
shall  be  transferable  by the  grantee  otherwise  than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution,  and such Option may be exercised during the grantee's
lifetime  only by the  grantee.  Notwithstanding  the  above,  in the  event the
federal securities laws and the relevant tax laws change so as to permit the

Second Amended 1995                     -9-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

transferability  of the  options  provided  by this  Plan,  then to such  extent
permitted by law, such options may be transferred in accordance with this Plan.

         5.7 FOREIGN  NATIONALS.  Awards may be granted to Participants  who are
foreign  nationals  or  employed  outside  the  United  States on such terms and
conditions different from those specified in the Plan as the Committee considers
necessary  or  advisable  to achieve  the  purposes  of the Plan or comply  with
applicable laws.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                               Exercise of Option

         6.1 EXERCISE.  Each Option  granted under the Plan shall be exercisable
on such date or dates and during  such  period and for such  number of shares as
shall be determined pursuant to the provisions of the instrument evidencing such
Option. The Committee shall have the right to accelerate the date of exercise of
any option.

         6.2 NOTICE OF EXERCISE.  A person  electing to exercise an Option shall
give written  notice to the  Corporation  of such  electino and of the number of
shares he or she has  elected  to  purchase  and  shall at the time of  exercise
tender the full purchase  price,  in cash,  Corporation  Stock,  the exchange of
exercisable  options,  or by such other means as is  authorized  by the Board of
Directors, for the shares he or she has elected to purchase.

Second Amended 1995                     -10-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

         6.3  DELIVER OF STOCK.  No shares  shall be  delivered  pursuant to any
exercise  of an Option  until  payment in full of the option  price  therefor is
received  by the  Corporation.  Such  payment may be made in whole or in part in
cash or, to the extent  permitted  by the  Committee at or after the grant of an
Option,  by  delivery  of a note or shares of the Stock  owned by the  optionee,
including  Restricted  Stock,  valued at their fair market  value on the date of
delivery,  or such other lawful  consideration  as the Committee may  determine.
Until such person has been issued a certificate or  certificates  for the shares
so purchased,  he or she shall possess no rights of a record holder with respect
to any of such shares.

         6.4 OPTION  UNAFFECTED BY CHANGE IN DUTIES.  No Incentive Stock Option,
and,  unless  otherwise  determined by the Committee,  no  Non-Qualified  Option
granted  to a  person  who is,  on the date of the  grant,  an  Employee  of the
Corporation  or an  Affiliated  Corporation,  shall be affected by any change of
duties or position of the optionee  (including transfer to or from an Affiliated
Corporation), so long as he or she continues to be an Employee. Employment shall
be  considered  as continuing  and  uninterrupted  during any bona fide leave of
absence  (such  as  those  attributable  to  illness,  military  obligations  or
governmental  service) provided that the period of such leave does not exceed 90
days  or,  if  longer,   any  period  during  which  such  optionee's  right  to
reemployment  is  guaranteed  by statute.  A bona fide leave of absence with the
written  approval of the Committee  shall not be considered an  interruption  of
employment

Second Amended 1995                     -11-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

under the Plan, provided that such written approval contractually  obligates the
Corporation  or any  Affiliated  Corporation  to continue the  employment of the
optionee after the approved period of absence.

         If the optionee shall cease to be an Employee for any reason other than
death,  such Option shall  thereafter be  exercisable  only to the extent of the
purchase  rights,  if any, which have ac rued as of the date of such  cessation;
provided  that (i) the Committee may provide in the  instrument  evidencing  any
Option  that  the  Committee  may in its  absolute  discretion,  upon  any  such
cessation of  employment,  determine  (but be under no  obligation to determine)
that such accrued purchase rights shall be deemed to include  additional  shares
covered by such Option; and (ii) unless the Committee shall otherwise provide in
the  instrument  evidencing  any Option,  upon any such cessation of employment,
such remaining  rights to purchase shall in any event terminate upon the earlier
of (A) the  expiration  of the  original  term of the Option;  or (B) where such
cessation of employment is on account of disability,  the expiration of one year
from the date of such cessation of employment and, otherwise,  the expiration of
three  months from such date.  For purposes of the Plan,  the term  "disability"
shall mean  "permanent and total  disability" as defined in Section  22(e)(3) of
the Code.

         6.5 DEATH OF OPTIONEE.  Should an optionee die while in  possession  of
the legal right to exercise an Option or Options

Second Amended 1995                     -12-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

under this Plan, such persons as shall have acquired,  by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution, the right to exercise any Options theretofore granted,
may, unless otherwise provided by the Committee in any instrument evidencing any
Option,  exercise  such  Options  at any time  prior to one year from the ate of
death; provided, that such Option or Options shall expire in all events no later
than the last day of the original term of such Option;  provided,  further, that
any such exercise  shall be limited to the purchase  rights that have accrued as
of the date when the  optionee  ceased to be an  Employee,  whether  by death or
otherwise,  unless the  Committee  provides in the  instrument  evidencing  such
Option that, in the  discretion of the Committee,  additional  shares covered by
such  Option may become  subject to purchase  immediately  upon the death of the
optionee.

         6.6 RELOAD OPTION GRANTS.  The Committee,  in its discretion,  may also
grant stock  options with "reload  provisions"  that permit the option holder to
exercise his or her stock  options and receive new stock  option  grants for the
equivalent amount of stock underlying the option  exercised,  at the fair market
value on the date of such  exercise.  The  reload  options  shall  have the same
expiration date as the options they replace.

Second Amended 1995                     -13-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII

                          Reporting Person Limitations

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, to the extent required
to  qualify  for the  exemption  provided  by Rule  16b-3  under the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, and any successor provision, (i) any Stock or other equity
security  offered  under the Plan to a  Reporting  Person may not be sold for at
least six (6) months  after  grant of an Option to  acquire  such Stock or other
equity security,  except in case of death or disability and (ii) any Option,  or
other similar right  related to an equity  security,  issued under the Plan to a
Reporting  Person  shall not be  transferable  other than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution or in accordance with section 5.6 hereof,  shall not be
exercisable  for at  least  six  (6)  months  except  in the  case of  death  or
disability,  provided  in  the  provisions  of  section  5.6  hereof,  shall  be
exercisable  during the  Participant's  lifetime only by the  Participant or the
Participant's guardian or legal representative.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                         Terms and Conditions of Options

         Options shall be evidenced by instruments (which need not be identical)
in such forms as the Committee may from time to time approve.  Such  instruments
shall conform to the terms and  conditions  set forth in Article V and VI hereof
and may contain such other  provisions as the Committee deems advisable that are
not

Second Amended 1995                     -14-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

inconsistent with the Plan, including restrictions applicable to shares of Stock
issuable upon exercise of Options.  In granting any  Non-Qualified  Option,  the
Committee  may specify  that such  NonQualified  Option  shall be subject to the
restrictions  set forth herein with respect to Incentive  Stock  Options,  or to
such  other  termination  and  cancellation  provisions  as  the  Committee  may
determine.   The  Committee   may  from  time  to  time  confer   authority  and
responsibility  on one or more of its own members and/or one or more officers of
the Corporation to execute and deliver such instruments.  The proper officers of
the Corporation are authorized and directed to take any and all action necessary
or advisable from time to time to carry out the terms of such instruments.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  Benefit Plans

         Awards under the Plan are  discretionary  and are not a part of regular
salary. Awards may not be used in determining the amount of compensation for any
purpose  under  the  benefit  plans  of  the   Corporation,   or  an  Affiliated
Corporation,  except as the Committee may from time to time  expressly  provide.
Neither the Plan, an Option or any instrument  evidencing an Option confers upon
any  Employee  the right to  continued  employment  with the  Corporation  or an
Affiliated Corporation.

Second Amended 1995                     -15-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE X

                Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan

         The Board may suspend  the Plan or any part  thereof at any time or may
terminate  the Plan in its  entirety.  Awards  shall not be  granted  after Plan
termination.

         The Board  may also  amend  the Plan  from  time to time,  except  that
amendments which affect the following  subjects must be approved by stockholders
of the Corporation,  unless and to such extent, that applicable federal or state
law of regulation permit an amendment thereto:

                  (a)  Except as  provided  in Article  XI  relative  to capital
         changes, and except as permitted by law or regulation where such change
         is not deemed material, the number of shares as to which Options may be
         granted pursuant to Article V;

                  (b) The maximum term of Options granted;

                  (c) The minimum price at which Options may be granted;

                  (d) The term of the Plan; and

                  (e) The  requirements as to eligibility for  participation  in
         the Plan.

         Awards  granted prior to suspension or  termination of the Plan may not
be cancelled  solely because of such suspension or termination,  except with the
consent of the grantee of the Award.

Second Amended 1995                     -16-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XI

                          Changes in Capital Structure

         The instruments  evidencing  Options granted hereunder shall be subject
to  adjustment  in  the  event  of  changes  in  the  outstanding  Stock  of the
Corporation  by  reason of stock  dividends,  stock  splits,  recapitalizations,
reorganizations,  mergers,  consolidations,  combinations,  exchanges  or  other
relevant changes in  capitalization  occurring after the date of an Award to the
same extent as would affect an actual share of stock issued and  outstanding  on
the effective date of such change.  Such adjustment to outstanding Options shall
be made without change in the total price applicable to the unexercised  portion
of such options,  and a corresponding  adjustment in the applicable option price
per share shall be made. In the event of any such change,  the aggregate  number
and classes of shares for which Options may  thereafter be granted under Section
5.1 of this Plan may be appropriately adjusted as determined by the Committee so
as to reflect such change.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  any adjustments made
pursuant to this  Article XI with respect to Incentive  Stock  Options  shall be
made  only  after  the  Committee,   after   consulting  with  counsel  for  the
Corporation,   determines   whether   such   adjustments   would   constitute  a
"modification"  of such  Incentive  Stock  Options  (as that term is  defined in
Section 425 of the Code) or would cause any  adverse  tax  consequences  for the
holders of such Incentive Stock Options.  If the Committee  determines that such
adjustments

Second Amended 1995                     -17-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

made with respect to Incentive Stock Options would  constitute a modification of
such Incentive Stock Options, it may refrain from making such adjustments.

         In  the  event  of  the  proposed  dissolution  or  liquidation  of the
Corporation, each Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of
such proposed action or at such other time and subject to such other  conditions
as shall be determined by the Committee.

         Except as expressly  provided herein, no issuance by the Corporation of
shares of stock of any class, or securities  convertible into shares of stock of
any class,  shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with
respect  to, the number or price of shares  subject to Options.  No  adjustments
shall be made for dividends paid in cash or in property other than securities of
the Corporation.

         No  fractional  shares  shall be issued under the Plan and the optionee
shall receive from the Corporation cash in lieu of such fractional shares.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                       Effective Date and Term of the Plan

         The Plan  shall  become  effective  on August 3,  1994.  The Plan shall
continue  until  such  time as it may be  terminated  by  action  of the  Board;
provided, however, that no Options may be granted under

Second Amended 1995                     -18-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

this Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the effective date hereof.

                                   ARTICE XIII

                 Conversion of ISO's into Non-Qualified Options;
                              Termination of ISO's

         The  Committee,  at the  written  request of any  optionee,  may in its
discretion  take such actions as may be  necessary  to convert  such  optionee's
Incentive Stock Options, that have not been exercised on the date of conversion,
into Non-Qualified Options at any time prior to the expiration of such Incentive
Stock  Options,  regardless  of  whether  the  optionee  is an  employee  of the
Corporation or an Affiliated  Corporation at the time of such  conversion.  Such
actions may include,  but not be limited to,  extending  the exercise  period or
reducing the exercise price of such Options. At the time of such conversion, the
Committee  (with the consent of the optionee) may impose such  conditions on the
Exercise  of  the  resulting  Non-Qualified  Options  as  the  Committee  in its
discretion  may  determine,   provided  that  such   conditions   shall  be  not
inconsistent  with the  Plan.  Nothing  in the Plan  shall be deemed to give any
optionee the right to have such  optionee's  Incentive  Stock Options  converted
into Non-Qualified  Options, and no such conversion shall occur until and unless
the Committee takes appropriate  action. The Committee,  with the consent of the
optionee, may also terminate any portion of any Incentive Stock

Second Amended 1995                     -19-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

Option that has not been exercised at the time of such termination.

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                              Application of Funds

         The  proceeds  received  by the  Corporation  from the  sale of  shares
pursuant to Options  granted under the Plan shall be used for general  corporate
purposes.

                                   ARTICLE XV

                             Governmental Regulation

         The Corporation's  obligation to sell and deliver shares of Stock under
this Plan is subject to the approval of any governmental  authority  required in
connection with the authorization, issuance or sale of such shares.

                                   ARTICLE XVI

                     Withholding of Additional Income Taxes

         Upon  the  exercise  of a  Non-Qualified  Option  or  the  making  of a
Disqualifying  Disposition  (as  defined in Article  XVII) the  Corporation,  in
accordance  with  Section  3402(a) of the Code,  may require the optionee to pay
additional  withholding  taxes  in  respect  of the  amount  that is  considered
compensation  includible  in such person's  gross  income.  The Committee in its
discretion may

Second Amended 1995                     -20-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

condition  the  exercise  of  an  Option  on  the  payment  of  such  additional
withholding taxes.

                                  ARTICLE XVII

                 Notice to Company of Disqualifying Disposition

         Each  employee  who  receives an  Incentive  Stock Option must agree to
notify  the  Corporation  in  writing  immediately  after the  employee  makes a
Disqualifying  Disposition of any Stock acquired  pursuant to the exercise of an
Incentive  Stock  Option.   A  Disqualifying   Disposition  is  any  disposition
(including  any sale) of such Stock  before the later of (a) two years after the
date the employee was granted the  Incentive  Stock Option or (b) one year after
the date the employee  acquired Stock by exercising the Incentive  Stock Option.
If the  employee  has died  before  such  stock is sold,  these  holding  period
requirements do not apply and no Disqualifying Disposition can occur thereafter.

                                  ARTICLE XVIII

                           Governing Law; Construction

         The  validity  and   construction  of  the  Plan  and  the  instruments
evidencing  Options  shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.  In
construing  this Plan,  the singular  shall include the plural and the masculine
gender  shall  include the  feminine  and neuter,  unless the context  otherwise
requires.

Second Amended 1995                     -21-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan


                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                      SECOND AMENDED 1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               Page

<S>                                 <C>                                                                        <C>

ARTICLE I.                          Purpose of the Plan                                                           1

ARTICLE II.                         Definitions                                                                   1

ARTICLE III.                        Administration of the Plan                                                    2

ARTICLE IV.                         Eligibility                                                                   3

ARTICLE V.                          Stock Option Awards                                                           4

ARTICLE VI.                         Exercise of Option                                                            5

ARTICLE VII.                        Reporting Person Limitations                                                  7

ARTICLE VIII.                       Terms and Conditions of Options                                               7

ARTICLE IX.                         Benefit Plans                                                                 8

ARTICLE X.                          Amendment, Suspension or Termination

                                    of the Plan                                                                   8

ARTICLE XI.                         Changes in Capital Structure                                                  9

ARTICLE XII.                        Effective Date and Term of the Plan                                          10

ARTICLE XIII                        Conversion of ISOs into Non-Qualified

                                    Options; Termination of ISOs                                                 10

ARTICLE XIV.                        Application of Funds                                                         10

ARTICLE XV.                         Governmental Regulation                                                      11

ARTICLE XVI.                        Withholding of Additional Income Taxes                                       11

ARTICLE XVII.                       Notice to Company of Disqualifying

                                    Disposition                                                                  11

ARTICLE XVIII.                      Governing Law; Construction                                                  11
</TABLE>

Second Amended 1996                     -1-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                             1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                                    ARTICLE I

                               Purpose of the Plan

         The  purpose  of  this  Plan  is to  encourage  and  enable  employees,
consultants,  directors  and others who are in a  position  to make  significant
contributions  to the success of PALOMAR MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGIES,  INC. and of its
affiliated  corporations  upon  whose  judgment,  initiative,  and  efforts  the
Corporation  depends for the  successful  conduct of its business,  to acquire a
closer  identification  of their  interests  with  those of the  Corporation  by
providing them with opportunities to purchase stock in the Corporation  pursuant
to options granted hereunder, thereby stimulating their efforts on behalf of the
Corporation  and  strengthening   their  desire  to  remain  involved  with  the
Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                   Definitions

         2.1  "Affiliated  Corporation"  means any stock  corporation of which a
majority of the voting common or capital  stock is owned  directly or indirectly
by the Corporation.

         2.2 "Award" means an Option granted under Article V.

         2.3 "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

         2.4 "Code"  means the internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended from
time to time.

         2.5  "Committee"  means a committee of not less than two members of the
Board  appointed  by the  Board  to  administer  the  Plan,  each  of  whom is a
"disinterested  person"  within the meaning of Rule 16b-3  under the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor provision.  In the event that
two "disinterested  persons" are not available to administer the Plan, the Board
may appoint to the  Committee  two members of the Board,  either or both of whom
are not  "disinterested  persons,"  in which  event this Plan shall not  qualify
under  Rule  16b-3,  but this  Plan  shall be valid and  operative  in all other
respects.

         2.6 "Corporation" means PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES,  INC., a Delaware
corporation, or its successor.

         2.7 "Employee" means any person who is a regular full-time or part-time
employee of the  Corporation  or an Affiliated  Corporation  on or after May 17,
1996.

Second Amended 1996                     -2-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

         2.8 "Option" means an Incentive  Stock Option or  Non-Qualified  Option
granted by the Committee  under Article V of this Plan in the form of a right to
purchase  Stock  evidenced by an instrument  containing  such  provisions as the
Committee may establish.

         2.9  "Participant"  means a person selected by the Committee to receive
an award under the Plan.

         2.10 "Plan" means this 1996 Stock Option Plan.

         2.11  "Incentive  Stock Option" ("ISO") means an option which qualifies
as an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code, as amended.

         2.12 "Non-Qualified Option" means any option not intended to qualify as
an Incentive Stock Option.

         2.13 "Stock" means the Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Corporation
or any successor,  including any  adjustments in the event of changes in capital
structure of the type described in Article XI.

         2.14  "Reporting  Person"  means a person  subject to Section 16 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor provision.

         2.15  "Restricted  Period"  means the  period of time  selected  by the
Committee during which an Award may be forfeited by the person.

                                   ARTICLE III

                           Administration of the Plan

         3.1 ADMINISTRATION BY THE COMMITTEE. This Plan shall be administered by
the  Committee as defined  herein.  From time to time the Board may increase the
size of the Committee and appoint  additional  members  thereto,  remove members
(with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution  therefor,  fill
vacancies  however caused, or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter
directly administer the Plan. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any
action or  determination  made in good  faith  with  respect  to the Plan or any
options granted under it.

         3.2  POWERS.  The  Committee  shall  have full and final  authority  to
operate,  manage,  and  administer the Plan on behalf of the  Corporation.  This
authority includes, but is not limited to:

Second Amended 1996                     -3-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

                  (a)   The   power   to   grant   Awards    conditionally    or
         unconditionally,

                  (b)  The  power  to  prescribe   the  form  or  forms  of  the
         instruments evidencing Awards granted under this Plan,

                  (c) The power to interpret the Plan,

                  (d) The power to provide  regulations for the operation of the
         incentive  features of the Plan, and otherwise to prescribe and rescind
         regulations for  interpretation,  management and  administration of the
         Plan,

                  (e) The power to delegate  responsibility  for Plan operation,
         management and administration on such terms,  consistent with the Plan,
         as the Committee may establish,

                  (f) The power to delegate to other persons the  responsibility
         of performing  ministerial  acts in furtherance of the Plan's  purpose,
         and

                  (g) The power to engage the services of persons, companies, or
         organizations  in furtherance of the Plan's purpose,  including but not
         limited  to,  banks,   insurance   companies,   brokerage   firms,  and
         consultants.

         3.3 ADDITIONAL  POWERS. In addition,  as to each Option to buy Stock of
the  Corporation,  the  Committee  shall  have full and final  authority  in its
discretion:  (a) to  determine  the  number of shares of Stock  subject  to each
Option; (b) to determine the time or times at which Options will be granted, (c)
to  determine  the option  price of the shares of Stock  subject to each Option,
which price shall be not less than the minimum  price  specified in Article V of
this Plan;  (d) to  determine  the time or times when each Option  shall  become
exercisable and the duration of the exercise period  (including the acceleration
of any exercise period),  which shall not exceed the maximum period specified in
Article  V;  and (e) to  determine  whether  each  Option  granted  shall  be an
Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Option.

         In no event may the  Corporation  grant an Employee any Incentive Stock
Option that is first exercisable  during any one calendar year to the extent the
aggregate fair market value of the Stock (determined at the time the options are
granted)  exceeds $100,000 (under all stock options plans of the Corporation and
any Affiliated Corporation);  provided,  however, that this paragraph shall have
no force and effect if its  inclusion in the Plan is not necessary for Incentive
Stock  Options  issued  under the Plan to  qualify as such  pursuant  to Section
422(d)(1) of the Code.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   Eligibility

         4.1 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES. All Employees (including Directors and Officers
who are  Employees  and who have not  irrevocably  elected to be  ineligible  to
participate in the Plan) are eligible to be granted  Incentive  Stock Option and
Non-Qualified Option Awards under this Plan.

Second Amended 1996                     -4-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

         4.2  CONSULTANTS,  DIRECTORS AND OTHER  NON-EMPLOYEES.  Any Consultant,
Director (whether or not an Employee) and any other  Non-Employee is eligible to
be granted  Non-Qualified  Option  Awards under the Plan provided the person has
not  irrevocably  elected  to be  ineligible  to  participate  in the Plan,  and
provided  further that upon  appointment  to the Committee at the first Board of
Directors  meeting  following  the  Annual  Meeting  of the  Shareholders,  each
non-employee  director  appointed  to  the  Committee  shall  be  deemed  to  be
ineligible to participate  under the Plan during his or her period of service on
the Committee.

         4.3 RELEVANT FACTORS. In selecting individual  Employees,  Consultants,
Directors,  and  other  Non-Employees  to whom  Awards  shall  be  granted,  the
Committee  shall weigh such factors as are relevant to accomplish the purpose of
the Plan as stated in Article 1. An individual who has been granted an Award may
be granted one or more additional  Awards,  if the Committee so determines.  The
granting of an Award to any individual shall neither entitle that individual to,
nor disqualify him from, participation in any other grant of Awards.

                                    ARTICLE V

                               Stock Option Awards

         5.1 NUMBER OF SHARES.  Subject to the  provisions of Article XI of this
Plan,  the aggregate  number of shares of Stock for which Options may be granted
under this Plan shall not exceed  2,500,000  shares.  The shares to be delivered
upon  exercise  of  Options  under  this Plan  shall be made  available,  at the
discretion of the Committee,  either from authorized but unissued shares or from
previously  issued and  reacquired  shares of Stock held by the  Corporation  as
treasury shares, including shares purchased in the open market.

         Stock issuable upon exercise of an option granted under the Plan may be
subject  to  such   restrictions  on  transfer,   repurchase   rights  or  other
restrictions as shall be determined by the Committee.

         5.2 EFFECT OF EXPIRATION,  TERMINATION OR SURRENDER. If an Option under
this Plan  shall  expire  or  terminate  unexercised  as to any  shares  covered
thereby, or shall cease for any reason to be exercisable in whole or in part, or
if the Company shall  reacquire any unvested  shares issued  pursuant to Options
under the Plan,  such shares shall  thereafter  be available for the granting of
other Options under this Plan.

         5.3 TERM OF  OPTIONS.  The full term of each Option  granted  hereunder
shall  be for such  period  as the  Committee  shall  determine.  In the case of
incentive  Stock Options granted  hereunder,  the term shall not exceed ten (10)
years from the date of granting thereof. Each Option shall be subject to earlier
termination as provided in Sections 6.4 and 6.5.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the term of options  intended to qualify as "Incentive  Stock Options" shall not
exceed  five (5)  years  from the date of  granting  thereof  if such  option is
granted to any  employee  who at the time such option is granted  owns more than
ten percent (10%) of the total combined  voting power of all classes of stock of
the Corporation.

Second Amended 1996                     -5-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

         5.4 OPTION PRICE. The option price shall be determined by the Committee
at the time any Option is granted.  In the case of Incentive Stock Options,  the
exercise  price  shall  not be less than  100% of the fair  market  value of the
shares covered thereby at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted (but in
no event less than par  value),  provided  that in the case  where an  Incentive
Stock Option is granted  hereunder to any Employee who at the time of grant owns
Stock  possessing  more than 10% of the combined  voting power of all classes of
stock of the Corporation and its Corporations,  the Incentive Stock Option price
shall  equal not less than 110% of the fair market  value of the shares  covered
thereby  at the time the  Incentive  Stock  Option  is  granted.  In the case of
Non-Qualified  Stock  Options,  the  exercise  price  shall not be less than par
value.

         5.5 FAIR MARKET  VALUE.  If, at the time an Option is granted under the
Plan, the Corporation's  Stock is publicly traded,  "fair market value" shall be
determined  as of the business  day for which the prices or quotes  discussed in
this  sentence  are  available on the date such Option is granted and shall mean
(i) the  average  (on that  date) of the high and low prices of the Stock on the
principal  national  securities  exchange  on which the Stock is traded,  if the
Stock  is then  traded  on a  national  securities  exchange;  or (ii)  the last
reported  sale price (on that date) of the Stock on the NASDAQ  National  Market
List,  if the Stock is not then  traded on a national  securities  exchange;  or
(iii) the  closing  bid price (or  average of bid  prices)  last quoted (on that
date) by an established  quotation service for over-the-counter  securities,  if
the Stock is not reported on the NASDAQ  National Market List.  However,  if the
Stock is not  publicly  traded at the time in Option is granted  under the Plan,
"fair  market  value"  shall  be  deemed  to be the fair  value of the  Stock as
determined by the Committee under Section 3.3.

         5.6 NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS. Except as provided below, no Option
granted under this Plan shall be transferable  by the grantee  otherwise than by
will or the laws of descent and  distribution,  and such Option may be exercised
during the grantee's lifetime only by the grantee. Notwithstanding the above, in
the event the federal  securities laws and the relevant tax laws change so as to
permit the  transferability  of the  options  provided by this Plan then to such
extent permitted by law, such options may be transferred in accordance with this
Plan.

         5.7 FOREIGN  NATIONALS.  Awards may be granted to Participants  who are
foreign  nationals  or  employed  outside  the  United  States on such terms and
conditions different from those specified in the plan as the Committee considers
necessary  or  advisable  to  achieve  the  purpose  of the Plan or comply  with
applicable laws.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                               Exercise of Option

         6.1 EXERCISE.  Each Option  granted under the Plan shall be exercisable
on such date or dates and during  such  period and for such  number of shares as
shall be determined pursuant to the provisions of the instrument evidencing such
Option. The Committee shall have the right to accelerate the date of exercise of
any option.

Second Amended 1996                      -6-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

         6.2 NOTICE OF EXERCISE  AND PAYMENT.  A person  electing to exercise an
Option shall give written notice to  theCorporation  of such election and of the
number of  shares he or she has  elected  to  purchase  and shall at the time of
exercise tender the full purchase price, in cash, Corporation Stock owned by him
or her for at least six months,  or by such other means as is  authorized by the
Board of Directors, for the shares he or she has elected to purchase.

         6.3 DELIVERY OF STOCK.  No shares  shall be  delivered  pursuant to any
exercise  of an Option  until  payment in full of the option  price  therefor is
received  by the  Corporation.  Such  payment may be made in whole of in part in
cash or, to the extent  permitted  by the  Committee at or after the grant of an
Option,  by  delivery  of a note or shares of the Stock  owned by the  optionee,
including  Restricted  Stock,  valued at their fair market  value on the date of
delivery,  or such other lawful  consideration  as the Committee may  determine.
Until such person has been issued a certificate or  certificates  for the shares
so purchased,  he or she shall possess no rights of a record holder with respect
to any of such shares.

         6.4 OPTION  UNAFFECTED BY CHANGE IN DUTIES.  No Incentive Stock Option,
and,  unless  otherwise  determined by the Committee,  no  Non-Qualified  Option
granted  to a  person  who is,  on the date of the  grant,  an  Employee  of the
Corporation  or an  Affiliated  Corporation,  shall be affected by any change of
duties or position of the optionee  (including transfer to or from an Affiliated
Corporation), so long as he or she continues to be an Employee. Employment shall
be  considered  as continuing  and  uninterrupted  during any bona fide leave of
absence  (such  as  those  attributable  to  illness,  military  obligations  or
governmental  service) provided that the period of such leave does not exceed 90
days  or,  if  longer,   any  period  during  which  such  optionee's  right  to
reemployment  is  guaranteed  by statute.  A bona fide leave of absence with the
written  approval of the Committee  shall not be considered an  interruption  of
employment  under the Plan,  provided that such written  approval  contractually
obligates  the  Corporation  or  any  Affiliated  Corporation  to  continue  the
employment of the optionee after the approved period of absence.

         If the optionee shall cease to be an Employee for any reason other than
death,  such Option shall  thereafter be  exercisable  only to the extent of the
purchase  rights,  if any, which have accrued as of the date of such  cessation;
provided  that  (i) the  Committee  may in its  absolute  discretion,  upon  any
cessation of employment,  determine (but be no under no obligation to determine)
that such accrued purchase rights shall be deemed to include  additional  shares
covered by such Option, and (ii) unless the Committee shall otherwise provide in
the  instrument  evidencing  any Option,  upon any such cessation of employment,
such remaining  rights to purchase shall in any event terminate upon the earlier
of (A) the  expiration  of the  original  term of the Option;  or (B) where such
cessation of employment is on account of disability,  the expiration of one year
from the date of such cessation of employment and, otherwise,  the expiration of
three  months from such date.  For purposes of the Plan,  the term  "disability"
shall mean  "permanent and total  disability" as defined in Section  22(e)(3) of
the Code.

         6.5 DEATH OF OPTIONEE.  Should an optionee die while in  possession  of
the legal right to exercise an Option or Options  under this Plan,  such persons
as shall have acquired, by will or by the laws of descent and distribution,  the
right to  exercise  any  Options  theretofore  granted,  may,  unless  otherwise
provided by the Committee in any instrument evidencing any Option, exercise such
Options  at any time  prior to one year from the date of death;  provided,  that
such Option or

Second Amended 1996                     -7-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

Options  shall  expire in all events no later than the last day of the  original
term of such Option; provided,  further, that any such exercise shall be limited
to the purchase rights that have accrued as of the date when the optionee ceased
to be an Employee, whether by death or otherwise,  unless the Committee provides
in  the  instrument  evidencing  such  Option  that,  in the  discretion  of the
Committee,  additional  shares  covered by such  Option  may  become  subject to
purchase immediately upon the death of the optionee.

         6.6 RELOAD OPTION GRANTS.  The Committee,  in its discretion,  may also
grant stock  options with "reload  provisions"  that permit the option holder to
exercise his or her stock  options and receive new stock  option  grants for the
equivalent  amount of stock  underlying  the option  exercise at the fair market
value on the date of such  exercise.  The  reload  options  shall  have the same
expiration date as the options they replace.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                          Reporting Person Limitations

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, to the extent required
to  qualify  for the  exemption  provided  by Rule  16b-3  under the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor provision,  (i) any Stock or
other equity  security  offered under the Plan to a Reporting  Person may not be
sold for at least six (6) months after grant of an option  acquire such Stock or
other  equity  security,  except  in case of  death or  disability  and (ii) any
Option,  or other similar right related to an equity security,  issued under the
Plan to a Reporting  Person shall not be transferable  other than by will or the
laws of descent and distribution or in accordance with section 5.6 hereof, shall
not be  exercisable  for at least six (6) months  except in the case of death or
disability,  provided  in  the  provisions  of  section  5.6  hereof,  shall  be
exercisable  during the  Participant's  lifetime only by the  Participant or the
Participant's guardian or legal representative.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                         Terms and Conditions of Options

         Options shall be evidenced by instruments (which need not be identical)
in such forms as the Committee may from time to time approve.  Such  instruments
shall conform to the terms and  conditions set forth in Articles V and VI hereof
and may contain such other  provisions as the Committee deems advisable that are
not inconsistent with the Plan, including  restrictions  applicable to shares of
Stock issuable upon exercise of Options.  In granting any Non-Qualified  Option,
the Committee may specify that such Non-Qualified Option shall be subject to the
restrictions  set forth herein with respect to Incentive  Stock  Options,  or to
such  other  termination  and  cancellation  provisions  as  the  Committee  may
determine.   The  Committee   may  from  time  to  time  confer   authority  and
responsibility  on one or more of its own members and/or one or more officers of
the Corporation to execute and deliver such instruments.  The proper officers of
the Corporation are authorized and directed to take any and all action necessary
or advisable from time to time to carry out the terms of such instruments.

Second Amended 1996                     -8-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  Benefit Plans

         Awards under the Plan are  discretionary  and are not a part of regular
salary. Awards may not be used in determining the amount of compensation for any
purpose  under  the  benefit  plans  of  the   Corporation,   or  an  Affiliated
Corporation,  except as the Committee may from time to time  expressly  provide.
Neither the Plan, an Option or any instrument  evidencing an Option confers upon
any  Employee  the right to  continued  employment  with the  Corporation  or an
Affiliated Corporation.

                                    ARTICLE X

                Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan

         The Board may suspend  the Plan or any part  thereof at any time or may
terminate  the Plan in its  entirety.  Awards  shall not be  granted  after Plan
termination.

         The Board  may also  amend  the Plan  from  time to time,  except  that
amendments which affect the following  subjects must be approved by stockholders
of the Corporation,  unless and to such extent, that applicable federal or state
law or regulation permit amendment thereto:

                  (a)  Except as  provided  in Article  XI  relative  to capital
         changes, and except as permitted by law or regulation where such change
         is not deemed material, the number of shares as to which Options may be
         granted pursuant to Article V;

                  (b) The maximum term of Options granted;

                  (c) The minimum price at which Options may be granted;

                  (d) The term of the Plan; and

                  (e) The  requirements as to eligibility for  participation  in
         the Plan.

         Awards  granted prior to suspension or  termination of the Plan may not
be cancelled  solely because of such suspension or termination,  except with the
consent of the grantee of the Award.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                          Changes in Capital Structure

         The instruments  evidencing  Options granted hereunder shall be subject
to  adjustment  in  the  event  of  changes  in  the  outstanding  Stock  of the
Corporation by reason of stock dividends,

Second Amended 1996                     -9-                      Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

stock  splits,  recapitalizations,   reorganizations,  mergers,  consolidations,
combinations,  exchanges or other relevant changes in  capitalization  occurring
after the date of an Award to the same extent as would affect an actual share of
stock  issued  and  outstanding  on the  effective  date  of such  change.  Such
adjustment  to  outstanding  Options  shall be made without  change in the total
price applicable to the unexercised portion of such options, and a corresponding
adjustment in the applicable  option price per share shall be made. In the event
of any such change, the aggregate number and classes of shares for which Options
may  thereafter be granted  under Section 5.1 of this Plan may be  appropriately
adjusted  as  determined  by  the  Committee  so  as  to  reflect  such  change.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  any adjustments made pursuant to this Article XI
with respect to Incentive  Stock Options shall be made only after the Committee,
after  consulting  with  counsel for the  Corporation,  determines  whether such
adjustments  would constitute a  "modification"  of such Incentive Stock Options
(as that term is defined in Section  425 of the Code) or would cause any adverse
tax  consequences  for the  holders  of such  Incentive  Stock  Options.  If the
Committee  determines that such adjustments made with respect to Incentive Stock
Options would constitute a modification of such Incentive Stock Options,  it may
refrain from making such adjustments.

         In  the  event  of  the  proposed  dissolution  or  liquidation  of the
Corporation, each Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of
such proposed action or at such other time and subject to such other  conditions
as shall be determined by the Committee.

         Except as expressly  provided herein, no issuance by the Corporation of
shares of stock of any class, or securities  convertible into shares of stock of
any class,  shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with
respect  to, the number or price of shares  subject to Options.  No  adjustments
shall be made for dividends paid in cash or in property other than securities of
the Corporation.

         No  fractional  shares  shall be issued under the Plan and the optionee
shall receive from the Corporation cash in lieu of such fractional shares,

                                   ARTICLE XII

                       Effective Date and Term of the Plan

         The Plan shall become  effective upon its adoption the Board,  PROVIDED
THAT the  stockholders of the  Corporation  shall have approved this Plan within
twelve months  following the adoption of this Plan by the Board.  The Plan shall
continue  until  such  time as it may be  terminated  by  action  of the  Board;
provided,  however,  that no Options may be granted  under this Plan on or after
the tenth anniversary of the effective date hereof.

Second Amended 1996                     -10-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                 Conversion of ISO's into Non-Qualified Options;
                              Termination of ISO's

         The  Committee,  at the  written  request of any  optionee,  may in its
discretion  take such actions as may be  necessary  to convert  such  optionee's
Incentive Stock Options, that have not been exercised on the date of conversion,
into Non-Qualified Options at any time prior to the expiration of such Incentive
Stock  Options,  regardless  of  whether  the  optionee  is an  employee  of the
Corporation or an Affiliated  Corporation at the time of such  conversion.  Such
actions may include,  but not be limited to,  extending  the exercise  period or
reducing the exercise price of such Options. At the time of such conversion, the
Committee  (with the consent of the optionee) may impose such  conditions on the
exercise  of  the  resulting  Non-Qualified  Options  as  the  Committee  in its
discretion  may  determine,   provided  that  such   conditions   shall  not  be
inconsistent  with the  Plan.  Nothing  in the Plan  shall be deemed to give any
optionee the right to have such  optionee's  Incentive  Stock Options  converted
into Non-Qualified  Options, and no such conversion shall occur until and unless
the Committee takes appropriate  action. The Committee,  with the consent of the
optionee,  may also terminate any portion of any Incentive Stock Option that has
not been exercised at the time of such termination.

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                              Application of Funds

         The  proceeds  received  by the  Corporation  from the  sale of  shares
pursuant to Options  granted under the Plan shall be used for general  corporate
purposes.

                                   ARTICLE XV

                             Governmental Regulation

         The Corporation's  obligation to sell and deliver shares of Stock under
this Plan is subject to the approval of any governmental  authority  required in
connection with the authorization, issuance or sale of such shares.

                                   ARTICLE XVI

                     Withholding of Additional Income Taxes

         Upon  the  exercise  of a  Non-Qualified  Option  or  the  making  of a
Disqualifying  Disposition  as  defined  in  Article  XVII the  Corporation,  in
accordance  with  Section  3402(a) of the Code,  may require the optionee to pay
additional  withholding  taxes  in  respect  of the  amount  that is  considered
compensation includable in such person's gross income. The Committee in its

Second Amended 1996                     -11-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan


<PAGE>


discretion  may  condition  the  exercise  of an Option on the  payment  of such
additional withholding taxes.

                                  ARTICLE XVII

                 Notice to Company of Disqualifying Disposition

         Each  employee  who  receives an  Incentive  Stock Option must agree to
notify  the  Corporation  in  writing  immediately  after the  employee  makes a
Disqualifying  Disposition of any Stock acquired  pursuant to the exercise of an
Incentive  Stock  Option.   A  Disqualifying   Disposition  is  any  disposition
(including  any sale) of such Stock  before the later of (a) two years after the
date the employee was granted the  Incentive  Stock Option or (b) one year after
the date the employee  acquired Stock by exercising the Incentive  Stock Option.
If the  employee  has died  before  such  stock is sold,  these  holding  period
requirements do not apply and no Disqualifying Disposition can occur thereafter.

                                  ARTICLE XVIII

                           Governing Law; Construction

         The  validity  and   construction  of  the  Plan  and  the  instruments
evidencing  Options  shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.  In
construing  this Plan,  the singular  shall include the plural and the masculine
gender  shall  include the  feminine  and neuter,  unless the context  otherwise
requires.

Second Amended 1996                     -12-                     Amended 5/21/99
Stock Option Plan

                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                 THIRD AMENDED 1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1.       Purpose of the Plan

         The purpose of the Palomar Medical  Technologies,  Inc.  Employee Stock
Purchase Plan is to encourage  ownership of the common stock of Palomar  Medical
Technologies, Inc. ("Palomar") by its eligible employees and any and each of its
participating subsidiaries,  thereby enhancing such employees' personal interest
in the  continued  success  and  progress  of  Palomar.  The plan is intended to
facilitate  regular  investment  in the  common  stock of  Palomar  by  offering
employees a convenient  means to make  purchases at a discounted  price  through
payroll  deductions.  The Plan is  intended  to comply  with the  provisions  of
Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.       Definitions

         For purposes of the Plan,  the following  terms shall have the meanings
indicated below:

         (a)  "Business  Day" shall mean a day on which  there is trading on the
New York Stock Exchange.

         (b) "Code" shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as it may be
amended from time to time.

         (c) "Committee"  shall mean the Compensation  Committee of the Board of
Directors of Palomar.

         (d) "Common  Stock" shall mean Palomar's  common stock,  par value $.01
per share.

         (e) "Company"  shall mean Palomar and any of its  subsidiaries  (within
the meaning of Section  424(f) of the Code) whose Board of Directors has adopted
the Plan, with approval of the Board of Directors of Palomar,  and which has not
terminated  participation  in or  withdrawn  from  the  Plan by  action  of such
subsidiary's Board of Directors or the Board of Directors of Palomar.

         (f) "Compensation" shall mean the amount of a Participant's base wages,
overtime, commissions, cash bonuses, premium pay and shift differential,  before
giving effect to any  compensation  reductions made in connection with any plans
described in Section 401(k) or Section 125 of the Code.

         (g)  "Custodian"  shall mean the  custodian  appointed by the Committee
pursuant to Section 7 hereof to hold the shares of Common Stock  purchased under
the Plan and subsequent Dividends reinvested or paid to Participant in cash.

         (h) "Dividends"  shall mean all cash dividends paid on shares of Common
Stock held in any Employee's Account.

         (i) "Account" shall mean a separate account maintained by the Custodian
for each Participant which reflects, at any time, the number of shares of Common
Stock  purchased  under  the  Plan by  such  Participant  as well as  reinvested
Dividends held by the Custodian.

                                                              REVISED:  5/21/99
                                       1
<PAGE>


         (j) "Entry  Date" shall mean the first  Business  Day of each  Purchase
Period.

         (k)  "Eligible  Employee"  shall  mean,  with  respect to any  Purchase
Period, an employee of the Company who is eligible to participate in the Plan in
such Purchase Period under the rules set forth in Sections 5 and 8 hereof.

         (l) The "Fair Market  Value" of a share of Common Stock on any Business
Day  shall be the  closing  bid price  for such day of the  Common  Stock on the
principal  securities market on which the Common Stock is traded. If on the date
for which Fair Market Value is to be determined the Common Stock is not eligible
for trading on any securities market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common
Stock shall be determined by the Committee.

         (m) "Participant" shall mean, with respect to any Purchase Period, each
Eligible  Employee  who has  elected to have  amounts  deducted  from his or her
Compensation pursuant to Section 6 hereof for such Purchase Period.

         (n) "Plan" shall mean this 1996 Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan, as the
same may be amended from time to time.

         (o)  "Purchase  Date" shall mean the last Business Day of each Purchase
Period.

         (p) "Purchase Period" shall mean each of the three month periods ending
on the last days of March,  June,  September and December during the period when
the Plan is in effect.  The first Purchase Period shall begin on October 1, 1996
and end on December 31, 1996.

3.       Common Stock Available Under the Plan

         The maximum  number of shares of Common  Stock  which may be  purchased
under the Plan shall be 142,857  shares,  except as such  maximum  number may be
adjusted  as  provided in Section 12 hereof.  Shares of Common  Stock  purchased
under the Plan may be authorized and previously unissued shares, treasury shares
(including  shares  purchased from time to time by Palomar),  or any combination
thereof.

4.       Administration of Plan

         The Plan shall be  administered  by the Committee.  The Committee shall
have the authority,  consistent  with the Plan, to interpret the Plan, to adopt,
amend and rescind rules and regulations for the  administration  of the Plan and
to make all  determinations  in connection  therewith  which may be necessary or
advisable,  and all such  actions  shall be binding for all  purposes  under the
Plan. The Plan shall be administered at the expense of the Company.

5.       Eligibility

         Each  employee of the Company shall be eligible to  participate  in the
Plan  during each  Purchase  Period,  provided  that he or she is not, as of the
Entry Date for such Purchase Period:

         (a) An employee  who is  customarily  employed by the Company for fewer
than 20 hours per week, or for five or fewer months in any calendar year; or

         (b) An employee who owns  (within the meaning of Section  424(d) of the
Code) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of
all classes of stock of Palomar,
                                                              REVISED:  5/21/99

                                       2
<PAGE>

treating as owned on Entry Date, for purposes of this clause, Common Stock which
such  employee  would be entitled to purchase on Purchase Date for such Purchase
Period but for this Section 5(c).

6.       Participation

         (a) On the Entry date for each Purchase Period,  Palomar shall grant to
each  Participant in the Plan for such Purchase  Period an option to purchase on
the Purchase Date for such Purchase Period, at the applicable price specified in
Section 7 hereof,  the number of shares of Common Stock which may be  purchased,
at such price, with such participant's  payroll deductions  received during such
Purchase Period, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

         (b) Eligible Employees may elect to participate in the Plan as follows:

                  (i) Each  Eligible  Employee may elect to  participate  in the
Plan, effective on the Entry Date for any Purchase Period, by making an election
to  participate  at least 1 day prior to such Entry Date.  Such  election  shall
authorize  the Company to deduct an amount  chosen by the employee  equal to any
whole  percentage  between 1 and 15  percent,  inclusive  from  such  Employee's
Compensation paid during such Purchase Period.

                  (ii) After  making the  election  pursuant to Section  6(b)(i)
hereof, a Participant  shall  automatically  continue to participate in the Plan
during subsequent  Purchase Periods until the Participant  either withdraws from
the  Plan  or  ceases  to  be  an  Eligible  Employee.  The  percentage  of  the
Participant's  Compensation deducted in subsequent Purchase Periods shall be the
percentage specified in the election made pursuant to Section 6(b)(i), as it may
be changed from time to time pursuant to Section 6(b)(iii) or 6(b)(iv) hereof.

                  (iii) Except as provided in Section 6(b)(iv) hereof, after the
last date for making an election  described  in Section  6(b)(i)  hereof for the
Purchase Period, a Participant  shall not be permitted to increase or reduce the
percentage of  Compensation  deducted from his or her  Compensation  paid during
each  Purchase  Period.  A  Participant  may  elect to reduce  or  increase  the
percentage of his or her Compensation deducted pursuant to the Plan to any whole
percentage  between 1 and 15,  inclusive,  effective  for a subsequent  Purchase
Period by filing an  election  not later  than 1 day prior to the Entry Date for
such Purchase Period.

                  (iv) A  Participant  may  elect  at any  time  to  reduce  the
percentage of his  or her  Compensation  deducted  pursuant to the Plan to zero,
effective  commencing with the next payroll period  beginning  after the making
of such election.  All  cash amounts  already deducted during a Purchase  Period
prior to  the  effectiveness of  any  such  election  shall  be refunded  to the
Participant.

         (c) No interest will be paid to Participants on any payroll deductions.

         (d) A  Participant  may at any time  elect  to  withdraw  from  further
participation in the Plan,  effective as of the next Business day following such
election.  Any Participant whose employment with the Company  terminates for any
reason  (including  without  limitation   termination  by  reason  of  death  or
disability)  shall be  deemed  to have  made a  withdrawal,  effective  the next
Business Day following such termination of employment.  Upon any withdrawal, (i)
no  further  amounts  shall be  deducted  from such  Participant's  Compensation
effective  for  any  payroll  period  beginning  after  the  effective  date  of
withdrawal,  (ii) any outstanding  option granted to such Participant  under the
Plan shall terminate as of the effective date of the withdrawal,  and no further
purchases of Common Stock under the Plan shall be made for such  Participant  or
after such date,  and (iii) as soon as possible the Company will refund all cash

                                                               REVISED:  5/21/99

                                       3
<PAGE>

deducted  during the Purchase  Period.  Following any such  withdrawal  from the
Plan, an employee's eligibility to participate again in the Plan will be subject
to all provisions of Section 5 and 8 hereof.

         (e)  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan, an employee who
has  withdrawn  from the Plan pursuant to Section 6(d) hereof shall be deemed to
have made an irrevocable  election not to participate in the Plan during the two
consecutive  Purchase  Periods  immediately  following  the  one in  which  such
withdrawal was made.

         (f) Any  election  permitted  by this Section 6 (other than an election
deemed  made  pursuant  to  Section  6(e))  shall be made in writing on the form
prescribed  for such  purpose  by the  Committee  from time to time and shall be
delivered  to the  person  or  persons  designated  by the  Committee.  Any such
election  shall be  deemed  made  when  such  form is  completed,  signed by the
Participant and received by such designee.

7.       Purchases of Common Stock

         On the Purchase  Date for each  Purchase  Period,  all options  granted
under the Plan on the first Business Day of such Purchase Period shall be deemed
to be exercised,  and all amounts deducted pursuant to Section 6 hereof from the
Participant's  Compensation during such Purchase Period shall be applied on such
date to purchase  whole  shares of Common  Stock from the  Company,  unless such
Participant has withdrawn from the Plan during such Purchase Period effective on
or prior  to such  Purchase  Date.  With  respect  to  shares  of  Common  Stock
purchased,  the purchase price per share shall be the lesser of (i)  eighty-five
percent  (85%) of the Fair Market  Value of a share of Common Stock on the Entry
Date of the  Purchase  Period,  or (ii)  eighty-five  percent  (85%) of the Fair
Market  Value of a share of Common  Stock on the  Purchase  Date of the Purchase
Period.  The Committee  shall appoint the Custodian for the Plan and to hold all
whole  shares  purchased  under the Plan and to maintain a separate  Account for
each Participant,  in which Common Stock purchased by such Participant under the
Plan shall be held and Dividends  received will be reinvested.  Each Participant
shall receive a statement as soon as practicable  after the end of each Purchase
Period  reflecting  purchases  for his or her account under the Plan through the
end of such Purchase Period.

8.       Limitation on Number of Shares purchased

         Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan, a  Participant  may
purchase up to a maximum of $25,000  worth of Common  Stock  during any calendar
year under the Plan and under all other  "employee stock purchase plans" (within
the  meaning  of  Section  423  of the  Code)  maintained  by  Palomar  and  its
subsidiaries  (within the meaning of Section  424(f) of the Code).  The value of
the shares of Common Stock  purchased shall be based on the Fair Market Value of
a share of Common Stock on the Entry Date for each Purchase Period. In the event
that the  amount of payroll  deductions  is  greater  than  $25,000 in any given
calendar year, the Company will refund the excess to the  Participant as soon as
practicable after such Purchase Date.

9.       Rights as a Stockholder

         From and after the  Purchase  Date on which  shares of Common Stock are
purchased by the Participant  under the Plan, such Participant shall have all of
the rights and  privileges  of a  stockholder  of Palomar  with  respect to such
shares.  Prior to the  Purchase  Date on which  shares  of  Common  Stock may be
purchased  by a  Participant,  such  Participant  shall not have any rights as a
stockholder of Palomar.


                                                               REVISED:  5/21/99

                                       4
<PAGE>

10.      Notice of Disposition of Stock

         Each Participant  agrees,  by his or her  participation in the Plan, to
promptly  notify  Palomar  in  writing of any  disposition  of any Common  Stock
purchased  under the Plan  occurring  within 2 years after the Entry Date of the
Purchase Period in which such stock was purchased.

11.      Rights Not Transferable

         Rights  under the Plan are not  transferable,  except that the right to
receive  shares  pursuant to the Plan may be  transferred by will or the laws of
descent and  distribution.  Options  granted to a  Participant  hereunder may be
exercised only by such Participant.

12.      Adjustment for Capital Changes

         In the event of any capital  change by reason of any stock  dividend or
split,  recapitalization,  merger  in which  Palomar  is the  surviving  entity,
combination or exchange of shares or similar  corporate  change,  the number and
type of shares or other  securities of Palomar which  Participants  may purchase
under the Plan,  and the maximum  aggregate  number of such shares or securities
which may be purchased under the Plan,  shall be  appropriately  adjusted by the
Board of Directors of Palomar.

13.      Amendments

         The Board of  Directors  of  Palomar  may at any time,  or from time to
time, amend the Plan in any respect,  except that, without stockholder approval,
no  amendment  shall be made (a)  increasing  the number of shares  which may be
purchased  under the Plan (other  than as  provided  in Section 12 herein),  (b)
materially  increasing the benefits  accruing to  Participants or (c) materially
modifying the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the Plan.

14.      Laws and Regulations

         (a)  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan,  the rights of
Participants  to purchase  Common Stock hereunder shall be subject to compliance
with all applicable  Federal,  state and foreign laws, rules and regulations and
the rules of each stock  exchange  upon  which the Common  Stock is from time to
time listed.

         (b) The  Plan and the  purchase  of  Common  Stock  hereunder  shall be
subject to additional  rules and regulations,  not  inconsistent  with the Plan,
that may be promulgated from time to time by the Committee  regarding  purchases
and sales of Common Stock.

15.      Employment

         The Plan shall not confer any right to  continued  employment  upon any
employee of the Company.

16.      Effective Date of the Plan; Termination

         (a) The Plan shall  become  effective  on  October 1, 1996,  subject to
approval by the  shareholders  of Palomar in accordance  with applicable law and
the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

                                                               REVISED:  5/21/99

                                       5
<PAGE>


         (b) The Plan and all rights  hereunder  shall terminate on the earliest
to occur of:

                  (i) the date on which the  maximum  number of shares of Common
Stock available for purchase under the Plan as specified in Section 3 hereof has
been purchased;

                  (ii) the termination of the Plan by the Board of Directors  of
Palomar; or

                  (iii) the  effective  date of any  consolidation  or merger in
which  Palomar is not the  surviving  entity,  any  exchange  or  conversion  of
outstanding  shares of Palomar for or into securities of another entity or other
consideration, or any complete liquidation of Palomar.

         In the event that on any Purchase Date the  remaining  shares of Common
Stock  available for purchase under the Plan are  insufficient  to fully satisfy
Participants'  outstanding  options,  such remaining  available  shares shall be
apportioned  among and sold to such  Participant in proportion to the amounts of
payroll  deductions  and the excess payroll  deduction  shall be returned to the
Participant as soon as practicable thereafter.

         Upon any termination of the Plan, any shares in the employee's  Account
shall  be  delivered  by the  Custodian  to  the  employee  or his or her  legal
representative as soon as practicable following such termination.

                                                               REVISED:  5/21/99

                                       6



                    AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO KEY EMPLOYEE AGREEMENT

         AMENDMENT NO. 1, by and among  Palomar  Medical  Technologies,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Company") and Louis P. Valente ("Employee"), dated as
of May 15, 1999 (this "Amendment"),  to Key Employee Agreement,  dated as of May
15, 1997, between the Company and Employee.

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

         WHEREAS,  the  Company  and  Employee  are  parties  to a Key  Employee
Agreement dated as of May 15, 1997 (the "Agreement");

         WHEREAS,  the Company and Employee wish to amend the Agreement upon the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein; and

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises  and the  covenants
contained  in this  Amendment  and other good and  valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the parties hereto
agree as follows:

         1.   AMENDMENTS.  (a) Section 2.2(e) of the  Agreement  is  amended  by
deleting the final two sentences thereof and replacing them in their entirety by
the  following:  "If,  however,  a change in control of the Company should occur
followed by termination of your employment  (either by the Company without Cause
or as a  result  of  your  resignation)  at any  time  during  the  term of this
Agreement,  then you shall be entitled to receive as  severance  pay three times
your Base  Salary as then in effect in a lump sum  payment  in  addition  to all
earned  incentive  compensation  in  accordance  with  EXHIBIT A  attached.  For
purposes of this  Agreement  "change in  control"  shall be deemed to be (i) the
sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;  (ii) any person,
together with its  affiliates and associates (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor rule thereto) shall become the
beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities  Exchange Act),
including by merger or otherwise,  of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total
voting power of all classes of voting  stock of the  Company;  or (iii) that any
person,  together its  affiliates and associates (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under
the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  or any  successor  rule  thereto)  has
succeeded  as the  result of or in  response  to actual or  threatened  election
contests,  whether by settlement or otherwise, in having elected to the Board of
Directors  of the  Company,  whether  at one time or on a  cumulative  basis,  a
sufficient number of nominees who were not nominees of the Board of Directors or
the  management of the Company to constitute  (x) more than thirty percent (30%)
of the members of the Company's Board of Directors,  rounded down to the nearest
whole  number,  if the number of  directors on the  Company's  Board is eight or
less,  or (y) more than forty  percent  (40%) of the  members  of the  Company's
Board,  rounded down to the nearest whole number,  if the number of directors on
the Company's Board is nine or more."

         (b) Section 2  (Compensation)  of Exhibit A to the Agreement is amended
by deleting the figure TWO HUNDRED AND SEVENTY-FIVE  THOUSAND DOLLARS ($275,000)
and replacing it with the figure THREE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($300,000).

         2. EFFECTIVENESS. From and after the date hereof, all references in the
Agreement to the Agreement shall be deemed to be references to such Agreement as
amended hereby.

<PAGE>

         3. AGREEMENT.  Except as amended by this Amendment, the Agreement shall
remain in effect in accordance with its terms.

         4. MISCELLANEOUS. (a) This Amendment shall be construed and interpreted
in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

                  (b)  This   Amendment   may  be  executed  in  any  number  of
         counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate  counterparts,
         each of which  counterparts  when so executed and  delivered,  shall be
         deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
         shall constitute but one and the same instrument. This Amendment may be
         executed  and  delivered  by a  party  by a  telephone  line  facsimile
         transmission bearing a signature on behalf of such party transmitted by
         such party to the other party.

                  (c)  Section and  paragraph  headings  in this  Amendment  are
         included  herein  for  convenience  of  reference  only and  shall  not
         constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.

                  (d) Any  provision  of  this  Amendment  that  is  prohibited,
         unenforceable or not authorized in any  jurisdiction  shall, as to such
         jurisdiction,  be  ineffective  to  the  extent  of  such  prohibition,
         unenforceability   or   non-authorization   without   invalidating  the
         remaining  provisions hereof or affecting the validity,  enforceability
         or legality of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

                  (e) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this  Amendment
         shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and
         signed by the party to be charged with enforcement thereof and any such
         waiver  shall be effective  only in the  specific  instance and for the
         specific  instance  and for the specific  purpose for which  given.  No
         failure  on the  part  of any  party  to  exercise,  and  no  delay  in
         exercising,  any right under this  Amendment  shall operate as a waiver
         thereof by such party. No single or partial exercise of any right under
         this Amendment shall preclude any other or further  exercise thereof or
         the exercise of any other right.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have  executed,  delivered and
made effective this Amendment as of May 15, 1999.

                                              PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                                              By:   /s/    Sarah Burgess Reed
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                    Name:  Sarah Burgess Reed
                                                    Title: General Counsel

/s/      Louis P. Valente
- -----------------------------
         Louis P. Valente


                    AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO KEY EMPLOYEE AGREEMENT

         AMENDMENT NO. 1, by and among  Palomar  Medical  Technologies,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Company") and Michael H. Smotrich ("Employee"), dated
as of May 15, 1999 (this "Amendment"),  to Key Employee  Agreement,  dated as of
April 1, 1998, between the Company and Employee.

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

         WHEREAS,  the  Company  and  Employee  are  parties  to a Key  Employee
Agreement dated as of April 1, 1998 (the "Agreement");

         WHEREAS,  the Company and Employee wish to amend the Agreement upon the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein; and

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises  and the  covenants
contained  in this  Amendment  and other good and  valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the parties hereto
agree as follows:

         1.  AMENDMENT.  Section  2.2(e) of the Agreement is amended by deleting
the final two  sentences  thereof and  replacing  them in their  entirety by the
following:  "If,  however,  a change in  control  of the  Company  should  occur
followed by termination of your employment  (either without Cause or as a result
of your  resignation)  at any time during the term of this  Agreement,  then you
shall be  entitled to receive as  severance  pay three times your Base Salary as
then in  effect  in a lump sum  payment  in  addition  to all  earned  incentive
compensation  in  accordance  with  EXHIBIT A  attached.  For  purposes  of this
Agreement  "change  in  control"  shall be  deemed  to be (i) the sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company;  (ii) any person,  together with
its  affiliates  and  associates  (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor rule thereto) shall become the beneficial
owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act), including by
merger or otherwise,  of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power
of all  classes  of  voting  stock of the  Company;  or (iii)  that any  person,
together  its  affiliates  and  associates  (as  defined in Rule 12b-2 under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor rule thereto) has succeeded as
the result of or in response to actual or threatened election contests,  whether
by settlement or otherwise,  in having  elected to the Board of Directors of the
Company,  whether at one time or on a cumulative  basis, a sufficient  number of
nominees who were not nominees of the Board of  Directors or the  management  of
the Company to constitute  (x) more than thirty  percent (30%) of the members of
the Company's Board of Directors,  rounded down to the nearest whole number,  if
the number of directors  on the  Company's  Board is eight or less,  or (y) more
than forty percent (40%) of the members of the Company's Board,  rounded down to
the nearest whole number,  if the number of directors on the Company's  Board is
nine or more.

         2. EFFECTIVENESS. From and after the date hereof, all references in the
Agreement to the Agreement shall be deemed to be references to such Agreement as
amended hereby.

         3. AGREEMENT.  Except as amended by this Amendment, the Agreement shall
remain in effect in accordance with its terms.

<PAGE>

         4. MISCELLANEOUS. (a) This Amendment shall be construed and interpreted
in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

                  (b)  This   Amendment   may  be  executed  in  any  number  of
         counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate  counterparts,
         each of which  counterparts  when so executed and  delivered,  shall be
         deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
         shall constitute but one and the same instrument. This Amendment may be
         executed  and  delivered  by a  party  by a  telephone  line  facsimile
         transmission bearing a signature on behalf of such party transmitted by
         such party to the other party.

                  (c)  Section and  paragraph  headings  in this  Amendment  are
         included  herein  for  convenience  of  reference  only and  shall  not
         constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.

                  (d) Any  provision  of  this  Amendment  that  is  prohibited,
         unenforceable or not authorized in any  jurisdiction  shall, as to such
         jurisdiction,  be  ineffective  to  the  extent  of  such  prohibition,
         unenforceability   or   non-authorization   without   invalidating  the
         remaining  provisions hereof or affecting the validity,  enforceability
         or legality of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

                  (e) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this  Amendment
         shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and
         signed by the party to be charged with enforcement thereof and any such
         waiver  shall be effective  only in the  specific  instance and for the
         specific  instance  and for the specific  purpose for which  given.  No
         failure  on the  part  of any  party  to  exercise,  and  no  delay  in
         exercising,  any right under this  Amendment  shall operate as a waiver
         thereof by such party. No single or partial exercise of any right under
         this Amendment shall preclude any other or further  exercise thereof or
         the exercise of any other right.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have  executed,  delivered and
made effective this Amendment as of May 15, 1999.

                                         PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                                         BY:   /s/      Louis P. Valente
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Name:    Louis P. Valente
                                               Title:   Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Michael H. Smotrich
- -------------------------------
Michael H. Smotrich


                    AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         THIS  AMENDED AND  RESTATED  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  (this  "AGREEMENT")
entered into as of this 30 day of June, 1999, amends and restates the Employment
Agreement  made as of January 1, 1997,  between  Palomar  Medical  Technologies,
Inc., a Delaware  corporation (the "COMPANY"),  and Joseph Caruso, an individual
(the "EXECUTIVE"),

                                WITNESSETH THAT:

         WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive as its Chief Financial
Officer for the period and upon and subject to the terms herein provided; and

         WHEREAS,  the Company  desires to be assured  that  Executive  will not
compete  with the  Company  for the period and  within  the  geographical  areas
hereinafter specified; and

         WHEREAS,  Executive  is willing to agree to be  employed by the Company
for the period and upon and subject to the terms herein provided; and

         WHEREAS,  Executive  does  not  desire  to work  for the  Company  in a
position lower than that of Chief Financial  Officer and is willing to agree not
to compete with the Company;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises,  the parties hereto
covenant and agree as follows:

         SECTION 1. TERM OF  EMPLOYMENT;  COMPENSATION.  The  Company  agrees to
employ  Executive  from January 1, 1997 until  December 31, 1999 (the "Term") as
its Chief Financial Officer, with the responsibilities  normally associated with
such position (the "EXECUTIVE POSITION"). The Company will pay Executive for his
services  during the term of his  employment  hereunder at an annual rate of Two
Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000), subject to a 15% increase per year, payable
in arrears, in equal installments, in accordance with standard Company practice,
but in any event not less often than  monthly,  subject only to such payroll and
withholding deductions as are required by law.

         SECTION 2. OFFICE AND DUTIES.  Executive  shall have the usual  duties,
responsibilities  and  authority  (the  "EXECUTIVE'S   AUTHORITY")  of  a  Chief
Financial  Officer,  and shall  report to the Board of Directors of the Company,
and shall perform such  specific  other tasks,  consistent  with his position as
Chief  Financial  Officer,  as may from time to time be  assigned  to him by the
Board of Directors.  Executive  shall devote  substantially  all of his business
time, labor,  skill,  undivided attention and best ability to the performance of
his  duties  hereunder.  Executive  may not,  without  Executive's  consent,  be
required to perform  Executive's  duties at any location that is more than fifty
(50) miles from the Company's principal office in Beverly, Massachusetts, except
that  Executive  agrees  that he will travel to  whatever  extent is  reasonably
necessary in the conduct of the Company's business.

         SECTION 3. EXPENSES.  Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement  for
expenses  incurred  by him in  connection  with the  performance  of his  duties
hereunder upon receipt of vouchers  therefor in accordance  with such procedures
as the Company has heretofore or may hereafter establish.

<PAGE>

         SECTION 4. VACATION DURING  EMPLOYMENT.  Executive shall be entitled to
such  reasonable  vacations as may be allowed by the Company in accordance  with
general  practices  to be  established,  but in any event not less than four (4)
weeks during each twelve (12) month period.

         SECTION 5.  ADDITIONAL  BENEFITS.  The Company shall make  available to
Executive at least those  perquisites  presently  granted to Executive.  Nothing
herein  contained  shall  preclude  Executive,  to the  extent  he is  otherwise
eligible,  from  participation  in all group insurance  programs or other fringe
benefit  plans  which  the  Company  may  hereafter  in its  sole  and  absolute
discretion make available generally to its employees,  but the Company shall not
be required to establish or maintain any such program or plan.

         SECTION 6. TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY. The Company shall have the right
to terminate  Executive's  employment  at any time for "Cause".  For purposes of
this  Agreement,  "Cause" shall mean (a)  termination by action of a majority of
the members of the Company's  Board of Directors,  acting on the written opinion
of counsel, because of Executive's willful and continued refusal, without proper
cause, to perform substantially  Executive's duties under this Agreement; or (b)
the  conviction  of  Executive  of a felony  or an act of fraud or  embezzlement
against the Company or any of its divisions,  subsidiaries of affiliates  (which
through lapse of time or otherwise is not subject to appeal).  Such  termination
shall be effected by written notice  thereof,  personally  hand delivered by the
Company to Executive, and, except as hereinafter provided, shall be effective as
of the thirtieth (30th) calendar day after such notice; PROVIDED,  however, that
if within such thirty (30) calendar day period Executive shall cease Executive's
reftisal and shall use Executive's best efforts to perform such obligations, the
termination shall not be effective.

         SECTION 7. TERMINATION BY DEATH. In the event Executive dies during the
Term,   Executive's  employment  shall  terminate  (effective  on  the  date  of
Executive's death) and the provisions of Section 10 shall be applicable.

         SECTION 8.  TERMINATION  BY  Disability.  In the event  that  Executive
suffers a disability  which  prevents  Executive from  substantially  performing
Executive's  duties  under this  Agreement  for a period of at least one hundred
eighty  (180)  consecutive  or  nonconsecutive  calendar  days  within any three
hundred  sixty-five (365) calendar day period, the Company shall have the right,
after  such one  hundred  eighty  (180)  calendar  day period  has  elapsed,  to
terminate  Executive's  employment  hereunder  upon  thirty (30)  calendar  days
written  notice  to  Executive  and  the  provisions  of  Section  10  shall  be
applicable.

                                       -2-
<PAGE>

         Section  9.  TERMINATION  BY  EXECUTIVE.   Notwithstanding   any  other
provisions of this  Agreement,  Executive may terminate  Executive's  employment
either  (i) in the event of a "Change  in  Control"  or (ii) by  written  notice
served upon the Company  within thirty (30)  calendar  days after  Executive has
knowledge of an event constituting "GOOD REASON."

         For purposes of this Agreement, the term "CHANGE IN CONTROL" shall mean
either (i) that,  after  January 1, 1997,  any person (an  "ACQUIRING  Person"),
together with its  affiliates and associates (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor rule thereto) shall become the
beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the  Securities  and  Exchange
Act), including by merger or otherwise,  of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
total  voting  power of all classes of voting  stock of the Company or (ii) that
one or more  Acquiring  Persons has succeeded as the result of or in response to
actual or threatened election contests,  whether by settlement or otherwise,  in
having elected to the Board of Directors of the Company,  whether at one time or
on a cumulative  basis,  a sufficient  number of its nominees to constitute  (x)
more  than  thirty  percent  (30%)  of the  members  of the  Company's  Board of
Directors,  rounded down to the nearest whole number, if the number of directors
on the Company's Board is eight or less, or (y) more than forty percent (40%) of
the members of the Company's Board, rounded down to the nearest whole number, if
the number of directors on the Company's Board is nine or more.

         For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Good Reason" shall mean:

                  (i) any action by the Company which results in a diminution in
         the Executive Position or in the Executive's Authority;

                  (ii) any  failure by the  Company to timely pay the amounts or
         provide  the  benefits  described  in  this  Agreement,  other  than an
         isolated  failure  not  occurring  in bad faith  and which is  remedied
         promptly after receipt of written notice thereof given by Executive; or

                  (iii)  a  material  breach  by  the  Company  of  any  of  the
         provisions  of this  Agreement  which  failure  or  breach  shall  have
         continued for thirty (30) days after written  notice from  Executive to
         the Company specifying the nature of such failure or breach; or

                  (iv)  any  action  by  the  Company  that  would  result  in a
         violation of SECTION 2.

                                       -3-
<PAGE>

         SECTION 10. EFFECT OF TERMINATION.  (a) FOR CAUSE;  WITHOUT GOOD REASON
AND NO  CHANGE IN  CONTROL;  AND  DEATH.  In the  event of  termination  of this
Agreement  (i) by the  Company for Cause,  (ii) by the  Executive  without  Good
Reason or Change in  Control  or (iii) by reason of the death of the  Executive,
the Company shall pay Executive (or Executive's  beneficiary in the event of the
Executive's death) any base salary or other compensation  earned (and a pro rata
portion  of the bonus  payable  with  respect  to the year in which  termination
occurred)  but  not  paid  to  Executive  prior  to the  effective  date of such
termination  and,  in the case of  termination  by reason of death,  the Company
shall pay Executive's  beneficiary (i) the base salary that Executive would have
earned for a period of six (6) months following his death,  plus (ii) a pro rata
portion of any bonuses or other incentive compensation that Executive would have
earned if he had been employed for the full fiscal year in which he died payable
at the time of  payment  of  similar  bonuses  made to other  Executives  of the
Company,  plus (iii) any death  benefits that Executive is entitled to under the
Company's policies in effect on Executive's date of death.

         (b) WITHOUT CAUSE; FOR GOOD REASON.  In the event of (i) termination of
this  Agreement by the Company other than for Cause,  (ii)  termination  of this
Agreement by Executive for Good Reason without a Change in Control,  the Company
shall pay  Executive,  in a lump stun within thirty (30) days after  termination
under this Section 10(B),  the sum of (A) the amount  described in Section 10(a)
of this Agreement  (other than the payments to be paid in case of termination by
death),  and (B) the amount equal to one time (lx) the  Executive's  annual base
salary in effect at the time of termination  under this SECTION  10(B),  and the
Company shall continue  during the Term all of the benefits and  perquisites set
forth in SECTION 5,  notwithstanding the fact that Executive may no longer be an
employee  eligible to participate  in one or more of the employee  benefit plans
maintained by the Company.

         (c) CHANGE IN CONTROL  (OTHER THAN AN APPROVED  CHANGE IN CONTROL).  In
the event of  termination  of this  Agreement by  Executive  within one (1) year
after a Change in  Control  (other  than an  Approved  Change in  Control),  the
Company shall pay Executive, in a lump sum payment within thirty (30) days after
termination  under this SECTION  10(C),  the sum of (A) the amount  described in
Section 10(a) of this  Agreement  (other than the payments to be made in case of
termination by death),  and (B) the amount equal to four (4x) times  Executive's
Annual  Compensation,  and the Company shall continue during the Term all of the
benefits and perquisites set forth in Section 5,  notwithstanding  the fact that
Executive may no longer be an employee eligible to participate in one or more of
the employee benefit plans maintained by the Company.

         For purposes of this Agreement,  the term "APPROVED  CHANGE IN CONTROL"
shall mean a Change of Control  that has occurred  with the prior  approval of a
majority of the Continuing  Directors and the term  "CONTINUING  DIRECTOR" shall
mean any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who is not an Acquiring
Person or a nominee or representative of an Acquiring Person or of any affiliate
or associate of an Acquiring  Person and any successor to a Continuing  Director
who was recommended for election or elected to succeed a Continuing  Director by
a majority of the  Continuing  Directors  then on the Board of  Directors of the
Company.

         For  purposes  of  this  SECTION  10(C)  of  this  Agreement  the  term
"EXECUTIVE'S ANNUAL  COMPENSATION" shall mean (i) the sum of (A) the Executive's
base salary set forth in Section I and

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

(B) any bonus  compensation  to which  Executive  would  have been  entitled  if
Executive  continued  to be employed  under this  Agreement  to the end of 1996,
PROVIDED  that  if the  Executive's  base  salary  or  bonuses  compensation  is
increased  after 1996 the term shall  mean the  higher of the  Executive  annual
salary  immediately  prior to such  change or the sum of (a) the base  salary in
effect  at the  time of  termination  and (b) any  bonus  compensation  to which
Executive  would have been  entitled if Executive  had  continued to be employed
under  this  Agreement  to the end of the  Company's  fiscal  year in which  his
employment terminated.

         (d) WITH GOOD REASON  FOLLOWING AN APPROVED  CHANGE IN CONTROL.  In the
event of  termination of this Agreement by Executive with Good Reason within one
(1) year after an Approved  Change in Control,  the Company shall pay Executive,
in a lump sum  payment  within  thirty  (30) days after  termination  under this
SECTION  10(C),  the sum of (A) the amount  described  in Section  10(A) of this
Agreement  (other than the payments to be made in case of termination by death),
(B) the amount equal to four (4x) times the sum of (i)  Executive's  annual base
salary in effect at the time of termination,  and (ii) any bonus compensation to
which  Executive  would have been  entitled  if  Executive  had  remained  as an
employee under this  Agreement to the end of the Company's  fiscal year in which
his employment terminated, and the Company shall continue during the Term all of
the benefits and  perquisites set forth in Section 5,  notwithstanding  the fact
that  Executive may no longer be an employee  eligible to  participate in one or
more of the employee benefit plans maintained by the Company.

         (e) DISABILITY. In the event of termination of this Agreement by reason
of disability,  the Company shall continue to pay Executive's base salary at the
time of such  termination for the remainder of the Term,  reduced by the maximum
amount of salary which may be insured under the Company's  Long Term  Disability
Plan at the time of disability.

         SECTION  11.  EXCISE  TAXES.  In the event  that  Executive  shall have
imposed  upon him the tax  which is  imposed  by  Section  4999 of the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE"), or by any successor provision, by
reason of any  payment  or  benefit  which  Executive  has  received  under this
Agreement,  the Company  shall pay as  additional  compensation  to Executive an
amount equal to the amount of the tax imposed by Code Section 4999 (the "SPECIAL
TAX PAYMENT") as a result of the receipt of such payment,  or benefit;  provided
that the  Special Tax Payment  shall NOT be  increased  to account for excise or
other tax imposed as a result of the making of the Special Tax Payment.

           SECTION 12.  ACCELERATION  AND EXPIRATION OF OPTIONS.  Any options or
  warrants  to  purchase  capital  stock  of  the  Company  (collectively,   the
  "OPTIONS")  granted  by the  Company  to  Executive  that have not yet  become
  exercisable  shall  become  exercisable  upon the earliest to occur of (a) the
  termination  of  Executive's  employment as a result of  Executive's  death or
  disability;  (b) the  termination  by Executive  with Good Reason;  or (c) the
  termination  by  Executive  after a Change in Control  (other than an Approved
  Change in  Control).  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  all  Options,  whether
  currently  exercisable  or not,  shall expire and cease to be  exercisable  as
  follows:

                  (a) if  the  Company  terminates  Executive's  employment  for
         Cause, immediately upon the effective date of such termination;

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                  (b) if Executive  terminates  Executive's  employment with the
         Company  other than for Good  Reason,  a Change in Control,  death,  or
         disability, immediately upon the effective date of such termination;

                  (c) if Executive  terminates  Executive's  employment with the
         Company  with Good  Reason or after a Change in Control  (other than an
         Approved Change in Control),  ninety (90) days after the effective date
         of such termination (but in no event later than the date the Term would
         expire without giving effect to any automatic renewal).

                  (d) if Executive dies while  employed by the Company,  six (6)
         calendar months after Executive's death (but in no event later than the
         date the Term  would  expire  without  giving  effect to any  automatic
         renewal); and

                  (e) if  Executive's  employment  is  terminated as a result of
         disability,  six (6) calendar  months after the effective  date of such
         termination  (but in no event later than the date the Term would expire
         without giving effect to any automatic renewal).

         SECTION  13. NO  MITIGATION;  NO  OFFSET.  Executive  shall be under no
obligation to mitigate  damages or the amount of any payment  provided for under
this Agreement by seeking other  employment or otherwise,  and there shall be no
offset  against  amounts due  Executive  under this  Agreement on account of any
remuneration  attributable  to any  subsequent  employment  that  Executive  may
obtain.

         SECTION 14. DISCLOSURE AND ASSIGNMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

                  (a) Executive agrees that the Company,  and its successors and
         assigns shall own all right, title and interest throughout the world in
         and to all  research,  information,  inventions,  designs,  procedures,
         developments,   discoveries,  improvements,  patents  and  applications
         therefor,   trademarks  and  applications   therefor,   copyrights  and
         applications  therefor,  trade  secrets,   drawings,   plans,  systems,
         methods,  specifications,  and all  other  manufacturing,  engineering,
         technical, research and development data and know-how (herein sometimes
         "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY") made, conceived,  developed and/or acquired by
         him solely or jointly with others  during the period of his  employment
         with the  Company or within one year  thereafter,  which  relate to the
         manufacture, production or processing of any products developed or sold
         by the Company  during the term of this  Agreement  or which are within
         the scope of or usable in connection with the Company's  business as it
         may,  from time to time,  hereafter  be  conducted  or  proposed  to be
         conducted,  whether  or not made  during my regular  working  hours and
         whether or not made on the Company's premises.

                  (b) Executive agrees that any such Intellectual Property shall
         constitute a work made for hire under the copyright  laws of the United
         States  and,  to the extent  any such  Intellectual  Property  shall be
         determined not to be a work made for hire,  Executive  hereby  assigns,
         and,  to the extent any such  assignment  cannot be made at the present
         time,  Executive  hereby  agrees to assign,  to the  Company  all of my
         right,  title and interest  throughout  the world,

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

         including,  without  limitation,  copyright,  patent  and trade  secret
         rights, in and to the Intellectual Property,  together with Executive's
         right to file for and/or own wholly without  restriction  United States
         and foreign  patents,  trademarks and copyrights with respect  thereto.
         Executive  specifically  agrees  and  acknowledges  that the  foregoing
         assignment covers all results, outputs and products of his work for the
         Company  prior to  January  1, 1997,  whether  as an  employee  or as a
         consultant,  and all related copyrights,  patents and other proprietary
         rights,  and that all  such  results,  outputs  and  products  shall be
         Intellectual  Property  hereunder  and the sole property of the Company
         hereafter.

                  (c)  Executive  agrees  to  execute  all  appropriate   patent
         applications  securing  all United  States and  foreign  patents on all
         Intellectual  Property, and to do, execute and deliver any and all acts
         and   instruments   that  may  be  necessary  or  proper  to  vest  all
         Intellectual  Property in the Company or its nominee or designee and to
         enable the  Company,  or its  nominee or  designee,  to obtain all such
         patents;  and Executive agrees to render to the Company, or its nominee
         or designee,  all such  assistance as it may require in the prosecution
         of all such patent  applications  and  applications for the re-issue of
         such patents,  and in the  prosecution or defense of all  interferences
         which may be  declared  involving  any of said patent  applications  or
         patents,   but  the  expense  of  all  such   assignments   and  patent
         applications,  or all other proceedings referred to herein above, shall
         be borne  by the  Company.  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to fair and
         reasonable  compensation  for  any  such  assistance  requested  by the
         Company  or its  nominee or  designee  and  furnished  by him after the
         termination  of his  employment.  Executive  shall  make  and  maintain
         adequate and current written records of all Intellectual  Property, and
         Executive shall disclose all Intellectual Property promptly,  fully and
         in writing to the Company  immediately upon development of the same and
         at any time upon request.

         SECTION 15.  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Executive  shall not,  either during the
period of his employment  with the Company or thereafter,  reveal or disclose to
any person outside the Company or use for his own benefit, without the Company's
specific written  authorization,  whether by private  communication or by public
address  or  publication  or  otherwise,   any  Confidential   Information,   as
hereinafter defined. The term "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" as used throughout this
Agreement shall mean all trade secrets,  proprietary  information and other data
or information (and any tangible  evidence,  record or representation  thereof),
whether  prepared,  conceived  or  developed  by an  employee  of the Company or
received by the Company from an outside  source,  which is in the  possession of
the Company  (whether  or not the  property  of the  Company),  which in any way
relates to the present or future business of the Company, which is maintained in
confidence by the Company, or which might permit the Company or its customers to
obtain a competitive  advantage over  competitors who do not have access to such
trade  secrets,  proprietary  information,  or other  data or  information.  All
originals  and copies of any of the  foregoing,  relating to the business of the
Company,  however  and  whenever  produced,  shall be the sole  property  of the
Company,  not to be removed from the premises or custody of the Company  without
in each  instance  first  obtaining  written  consent  or  authorization  of the
Company. Upon the termination of Executive's employment in any manner or for any
reason,  Executive shall promptly  surrender to the Company all copies of any of
the foregoing,  together with any other documents,  materials, data, information
and  equipment  belonging  to or relating to the  Company's  business and in his
possession,  custody or control,  and Executive  shall not thereafter  retain or

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

deliver to any other person,  any of the foregoing or any sunnnary or memorandum
thereof.

         SECTION 16 .RESTRICTION. The Company has invested and may in the future
be required to invest  substantial  sums of money,  directly or  indirectly,  to
continue and expand the business  heretofore  conducted by it and in  connection
therewith,  and as Executive  recognizes that the Company would be substantially
injured by Executive  disclosing  to others,  or by Executive  using for his own
benefit,  any  Intellectual  Property or any of the other  types of  information
referred to in Section 15 as  Confidential  Information,  Executive  agrees that
during  the  period  of  his  employment  hereunder  and  for  a  period  ending
twenty-four (24) months after the term of this Agreement:

                  (a)   Neither  he  nor  any  member  of  his  family  will  be
interested,  directly or  indirectly,  as an  investor in any other  business or
enterprise  similar to that of the  Company or in  competition  with the Company
(except as an investor in securities listed on a national securities exchange or
actively traded over the counter; and

                  (b) He will not,  directly or indirectly,  for his own account
or as employee,  officer, director, partner, joint venturer or otherwise, engage
within  the  United  States  or  Canada,   in  any  phase  of  the  business  of
manufacturing,  distributing or selling of lasers for use in medical or cosmetic
procedures.

                  (c) Executive shall not solicit,  induce,  attempt to hire, or
hire any employee of the Company (or any other person who may have been employed
by the Company during the term of his employment with the Company), or assist in
such  hiring  by any other  person or  business  entity  or  encourage  any such
employee to terminate his or her employment with the Company.

         Executive  and the  Company  are of the belief that the period of time,
the geographic  area and the range of activities  limited by this SECTION 16 are
reasonable,  in view of the  nature  of the  business  in which the  Company  is
engaged  and  proposes  to  engage,  the state of its  product  development  and
Executive's  knowledge of this business.  However,  if such period,  or range of
activities area should be adjudged unreasonable in any judicial proceeding, then
the period of time shall be reduced by such number of months, such area shall be
reduced  by  elimination  of such  portion of such  area,  and/or  such range of
activities  shall be reduced by  elimination of such  activities,  as are deemed
unreasonable, so that this covenant may be enforced in such area and during such
period of time as is adjudged to be reasonable.

         SECTION 17.  NOTICES.  All notices and other  communications  hereunder
shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been given  when  delivered  or
three (3) days after mailing if mailed by first- class,  registered or certified
mail, postage prepaid,  addressed (a) if to Executive,  at the address set forth
below his name on the  signature  page  hereof,  or to such other  person(s)  or
addresses) as Executive shall have furnished to the Company in writing;  and (b)
if to the Company, at 45 Hartwell Avenue,  Lexington,  MA 02421, Attn: Mr. Louis
P. Valente, with a copy to Foley, Hoag & Eliot, One Post Office Square,  Boston,
Massachusetts 02109, Attn: David A. Broadwin, Esq. or to such other person(s) or
addresses) as the Company shall have furnished to Executive in writing.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

         SECTION  18.  ASSIGNABILITY.  In the event  that the  Company  shall be
merged with, or consolidated into, any other  corporation,  or in the event that
it  shall  sell  and  transfer  substantially  all  of  its  assets  to  another
corporation,  the terms of this Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of, and be
assumed by, the corporation  resulting from such merger or consolidation,  or to
which the Company's assets shall be sold and  transferred.  This Agreement shall
not be assignable by Executive, but it shall be binding upon, and shall inure to
the benefit of, his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

         SECTION  19.  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement  contains  the entire
agreement  between the Company and Executive  with respect to the subject matter
hereof and there have been no oral or other agreements of any kind whatsoever as
a  condition  precedent  or  inducement  to the  signing  of this  Agreement  or
otherwise concerning this Agreement or the subject matter hereof. This Agreement
supersedes  the  Employment  Agreement  dated January 1, 1997 by and between the
Executive and the Company.

         SECTION 20 .EXPENSES. Each party shall pay its own expenses incident to
the  performance  or  enforcement  of this  Agreement,  including  all  fees and
expenses of its counsel for all activities of such counsel  undertaken  pursuant
to this Agreement, except as otherwise herein specifically provided.

         SECTION 21. EQUITABLE RELIEF.  Executive recognizes and agrees that the
Company's  remedy at law for any breach of the  provisions of SECTIONS 14, 15 or
16 hereof would be inadequate, and he agrees that for breach of such provisions,
the Company shall,  in addition to such other remedies as may be available to it
at law or in equity or as provided in this Agreement,  be entitled to injunctive
relief and to enforce its rights by an action for  specific  performance  to the
extent permitted by law. Should Executive engage in any activities prohibited by
this  Agreement,  he  agrees  to pay  over  to  the  Company  all  compensation,
remunerations or moneys or property of any sort received in connection with such
activities;  such payment shall not impair any rights or remedies of the Company
or obligations  or  liabilities  of Executive  which such parties may have under
this Agreement or applicable law.

         SECTION 22. WAIVERS AND FURTHER AGREEMENTS.  Any waiver of any terms or
conditions of this  Agreement  shall not operate as a waiver of any other breach
of such  terms or  conditions  or any  other  term or  condition,  nor shall any
failure to enforce any provision hereof operate as a waiver of such provision or
of any other provision hereof;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, THAT no such written waiver,
unless it, by its own  terms,  explicitly  provides  to the  contrary,  shall be
construed to effect a  continuing  waiver of the  provision  being waived and no
such waiver in any instance  shall  constitute a waiver in any other instance or
for any other  purpose or impair the right of the party against whom such waiver
is claimed in all other  instances  or for all other  purposes  to require  full
compliance with such provision. Each of the parties hereto agrees to execute all
such further  instruments  and documents and to take all such further  action as
the other  party may  reasonably  require in order to  effectuate  the terms and
purposes of this Agreement.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

         SECTION 23.  AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement may not be amended,  nor shall
any waiver, change, modification,  consent or discharge be effected except by an
instrument  in  writing  executed  by or on  behalf of the  party  against  whom
enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, consent or discharge is sought.

         SECTION- 24. SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be
held or deemed to be, or shall in fact be, invalid, inoperative or unenforceable
as applied to any particular case in any  jurisdiction or  jurisdictions,  or in
all  jurisdictions or in all cases,  because of the conflicting of any provision
with any  constitution  or  statute  or rule of  public  policy or for any other
reason,  such circumstance  shall not have the effect of rendering the provision
or provisions in question,  invalid,  inoperative or  unenforceable in any other
jurisdiction  or in any other case or  circumstance  or of  rendering  any other
provision or provisions herein contained  invalid,  inoperative or unenforceable
to the extent that such other provisions are not themselves actually in conflict
with such  constitution,  statute or rule of public  policy,  but this Agreement
shall be reformed  and  construed  in any such  jurisdiction  or case as if such
invalid,  inoperative or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein
and such provision reformed so that it would be valid, operative and enforceable
to the maximum extent permitted in such jurisdiction or in such case.

         SECTION 25. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together  shall  constitute  one and the same  instrument,  and in  pleading  or
proving any  provision of this  Agreement,  it shall not be necessary to produce
more than one of such counterparts.

         SECTION 26. SECTION HEADINGS.  The headings contained in this Agreement
are for  reference  purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.

         SECTION 27.  GENERAL PROVISIONS.

         (a) Executive further agrees that his obligations under SECTIONS 14, 15
and 16 of this Agreement shall be binding upon him  irrespective of the duration
of his  employment  by  the  Company,  the  reasons  for  any  cessation  of his
employment by the Company,  or the amount of his  compensation and shall survive
the termination of this Agreement  (whether such  termination is by the Company,
by Executive, upon expiration of this Agreement or otherwise).

         (b) Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he is not now
under any  obligations  to any  person,  firm or  corporation,  and has no other
interest  which is  inconsistent  or in conflict with this  Agreement,  or which
would prevent, limit or impair, in any way, the performance by him of any of the
covenants or his duties in his said employment.

         SECTION 28.  GENDER.  Whenever used herein,  the singular  number shall
include the plural,  the plural shall include the  singular,  and the use of any
gender shall include all genders.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

         SECTION 92.  GOVERNING  LAW.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by and
construed and enforced in accordance  with the law (other than the law governing
conflict of law questions) of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed or caused to be executed
this Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                           PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                                           By:      /s/ Louis P. Valente
                                                    --------------------
                                           Name:    Louis P. Valente
                                           Title:   Chief Executive Officer

         BY PLACING MY SIGNATURE  HEREUNDER,  I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE READ ALL
THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT I AGREE TO ALL OF ITS TERMS.

                                           EXECUTIVE:


                                           /s/ Joseph P. Caruso
                                           --------------------

                                           Notice Address:

                                           30 Zachary Lane
                                           ------------------
                                           Reading, MA  01867
                                           ------------------


                         CRES DEVELOPMENT COMPANY, INC.

                                COMMERCIAL LEASE

         In  consideration  of the  components  herein  contained,  82 Cambridge
Street Associates, LLC (an entity controlled by CRES Development Company, Inc.),
hereinafter  called LESSOR,  does hereby lease to Palomar Medical  Technologies,
Inc.,  hereinafter called LESSEE, the following described premises,  hereinafter
called the leased premises: A portion of the first floor of 82 Cambridge Street,
Burlington,  Massachusetts,  consisting of approximately  44,000 rentable square
feet and a portion of the lower level,  consisting of  approximately  859 square
feet,  all as shown on Exhibit  "A"  attached  hereto.  LESSEE  shall  have,  as
appurtenant  to the  leased  premises,  the right to use in common  with  others
entitled  thereto the common  facilities  and areas included in the building (as
defined below) and the land on which the building is located  including  without
limitation common walkways,  driveways, parking areas, freight or loading areas,
lobbies,  hallways,  stairways and  elevators,  ramps  necessary or desirable in
conjunction with the use and occupancy of the leased premises.

         TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the  leased  premises  for a term of ten (10) years
commencing on the Commencement Date (defined below), provided,  however, that if
the Commencement  Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, the term
of this Lease shall  expire on the last day of the  calendar  month in which the
tenth  anniversary  of the  Commencement  Date  occurs.  As used herein the term
?Commencement  Date?  shall be the date LESSOR  delivers the leased  premises to
LESSEE  in  accordance  with  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this  Lease.  The
anticipated  Commencement  Date is August 20, 1999. If the leased  premises have
not been  delivered on or before  October 1, 1999,  AND if LESSOR (or Owner,  as
LESSOR's contractor) shall not have been diligently and continuously prosecuting
the work to be performed  under Section 35 hereof,  then LESSEE may elect,  upon
written  notice to LESSOR,  given before  October 15, 1999, to either (i) assume
the  performance  of such  work  and to  complete  the same in  accordance  with
approved  plans and  specifications  described  in  Exhibit  C  hereto,  or (ii)
terminate this Lease, whereupon this Lease and all of the rights and obligations
of the parties  shall  terminate  with the same force and effect as if such date
were the date  originally  set forth herein as the  expiration  date hereof.  If
LESSEE elects to perform such work, then after such election, neither LESSOR nor
Owner shall have any further  responsibility or obligation to complete the same,
and LESSEE shall diligently and continuously complete the same, and LESSOR shall
reimburse  LESSEE  for  the  out-of-pocket   costs  and  expenses  actually  and
reasonably  incurred by LESSEE in so doing (and any sum not so reimbursed within
thirty days after receipt of an invoice therefor, together with lien waivers and
evidence of amounts paid to subcontractors and suppliers, shall bear interest at
eighteen  percent (18%) per annum).  If LESSEE does not elect to terminate  this
Lease, and the leased premises have not, despite diligent and continuous efforts
on the part of LESSOR,  been  delivered on or before  December 31, 1999,  LESSEE
shall have the right to  terminate  this Lease  upon  written  notice to LESSOR,
given before  January 15, 2000,  whereupon  this Lease and all of the rights and
obligations of the parties shall  terminate with the same force and effect as if
such  date were the date  originally  set forth  herein as the  expiration  date
hereof,  and such rights of self-help and termination shall be LESSEE's sole and
exclusive remedy for LESSOR's failure to so deliver the leased premises.  LESSOR
and LESSEE now convenant and agree that the following terms and conditions shall
govern  this lease  during the term hereof and for such  further  time as LESSEE
shall hold the leased premises.

1. RENT.  LESSEE  shall pay to LESSOR  base rent as per  Exhibit  "B" payable in
advance in monthly  installments  on the first day in each calendar  month,  the
first monthly payment (or the fraction of a monthly payment for any portion of a
month  occurring  at the  commencement  of the  lease  term) to be made upon the
Commencement  Date.  All payments  shall be made to LESSOR c/o CRES  Development
Company, Inc., 50


                                       1
<PAGE>

Salem Street,  Lynnfield,  MA 01940, or at such other place as LESSOR shall from
time to time in writing designate.

2. SECURITY DEPOSIT. LESSEE shall pay to LESSOR a security deposit in the amount
of $111,073.75  dollars, 50% thereof to be paid upon the execution of this lease
by LESSEE, and the remainder to be paid on the Commencement Date, which shall be
held as security for  LESSEE's  performance  as herein  provided and refunded to
LESSEE  without  interest  pursuant  to the terms  hereof,  subject to  LESSEE's
satisfactory  compliance with the conditions  hereof.  If LESSEE terminates this
Lease due to LESSOR's  failure to deliver the leased  premises,  as  hereinabove
provided,  LESSOR  shall  promptly  refund  the 50%  portion  paid by  LESSEE on
execution  hereof.  LESSEE may not apply the security  deposit to payment of the
last months rent. In the event of any default or breach of this Lease by LESSEE,
LESSOR shall immediately  apply the security deposit to any outstanding  invoice
or other payment due to LESSOR, with the balance applied to outstanding rent. If
after any portion of the security deposit is applied to cure a default or breach
during the term of the lease,  LESSEE shall be  responsible  for restoring  said
deposit  forthwith,  and  failure to do so, or failure to pay the full  security
deposit or any portion  thereof  when due,  shall be  considered  a  substantial
default under the lease.

3. USE OF PREMISES.  LESSEE shall use the leased  premises only for the purposes
of General  Office  Use,  Light  Manufacturing,  Research  and  Development  and
Distribution.  LESSEE  shall  have  twenty  four (24) hour  access to the leased
premises  and the  building  in which  they are  located  seven (7) days a week,
subject to reasonable security considerations and to emergency conditions.

4.  REAL  ESTATE  TAXES.  LESSEE  shall pay  LESSOR  during  the term  hereof as
additional rent a proportionate  share ("LESSEE's  Proportionate  Share") of any
increase in (x) the real estate  taxes  levied  against the land and building of
which the leased premises are a part (hereinafter  called the "building"),  over
(y) "Base Taxes" (as hereinafter defined), whether such increase is caused by an
increase  in the tax rate or the  assessment  of the  property,  or a change  in
method of determining  real estate taxes.  For purposes of this Lease,  LESSEE's
Proportionate Share shall be based on a fraction,  the numerator of which is the
rentable  square footage leased by LESSEE,  and the  denominator of which is the
total rentable square footage of the building of which the leased premises are a
part.  LESSEE shall make payment  within thirty (30) days of written notice from
LESSOR (which shall include a copy of the  applicable tax bill and a calculation
of LESSEE's  Proportionate Share) that such increased taxes are payable, and any
additional rent shall be prorated  should the lease terminate  before the end of
any tax year.  LESSEE shall make such  payments on account of Real Estate Taxes,
at the option of LESSOR,  on a monthly basis on the days on which the rent under
Paragraph 1 of this lease is payable, in amounts reasonably  estimated by LESSOR
(or as otherwise  billed by LESSOR,  but not more frequently  than monthly),  so
that LESSOR shall have received from LESSEE, by February 1, May 1, August 1, and
November 1st of each year (or other applicable dates, if the present real estate
tax payment dates are modified)  LESSEE's full share of the real estate tax. For
purposes of this Lease,  "Base  Taxes" shall be the rate and the  assessment  in
effect as of the date of this  lease.  In the event  that the  building  was not
assessed as a completed structure as of the aforementioned date, then Base Taxes
shall be as of the first date when the building and  supporting  facilities  are
assessed as a completed office  building.  LESSOR shall have the exclusive right
to pursue an  abatement  in the real  estate  taxes,  and if such  abatement  is
obtained a  proportionate  adjustment or refund shall be made in LESSEE's favor,
less the cost of obtaining such abatement.

5.  OPERATING   COSTS.   LESSEE  shall  pay  to  LESSOR  as  additional  rent  a
proportionate  share (based on square footage leased by LESSEE compared with the
square   footage  of  all   premises  to  which  such  costs  and  expenses  are
attributable)  of any  increase in (x) the  aggregate  of all costs and expenses
incurred by LESSOR in connection with the operation, maintenance,  insurance and
management of the building of which the leased premises are a part  (hereinafter
the "Operating  Costs"),  over (y) the "Base  Operating  Costs" (as  hereinafter
defined).  Operating Costs shall include a reasonable  annual  charge-off of the
cost of any capital


                                       2
<PAGE>

repairs or  improvements  made by LESSOR for the building or the leased premises
during  the  term of this  lease  and  which  are for the  purpose  of  reducing
Operating Costs, the schedule for which shall be based on the useful life (under
generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied) of the repair or
improvement, provided that no such capital repairs or improvements made prior to
the fifth  anniversary of the  Commencement  Date shall be included in Operating
Costs.  In the event that during any calendar year (or part  thereof)  occurring
during the Term,  the  building  has an annual  occupancy  rate of less than one
hundred percent (100%),  for purposes hereof, any Operating Costs that vary with
the level of occupancy of the building  with respect to such  calendar  year (or
part thereof) shall be extrapolated as though the annual occupancy rate were one
hundred  percent (100%) for such calendar year (or part  thereof).  LESSEE shall
make  payment  within  thirty (30) days of written  notice from LESSOR that such
increased Operating Costs are payable, and any additional rent shall be prorated
should the lease  terminate  before the end of any calendar  year.  LESSEE shall
make such payments on account of Operating Costs, at the option of LESSOR,  on a
monthly  basis on the days on which the rent under  Paragraph 1 of this lease is
payable, in amounts reasonably estimated by LESSOR.  Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary  contained in this Section 5, Operating Costs shall not include any
capital  expenditures  arising  out of or  resulting  from (i)  defective  work,
construction or materials by or on behalf of LESSOR,  (ii) the failure of LESSOR
to perform any scheduled  maintenance or service,  or (iii) the gross negligence
or  willful  misconduct  of LESSOR or its  agents,  employees,  or  contractors.
Management  fees incurred in favor of related  entities  shall not exceed market
rates (and in no event  exceed four  percent  (4%) of the actual gross rent from
the building,  whether or not such fee is actually  paid),  nor shall  Operating
Costs include the following:

         a)       Costs billed to another tenant;

         b)       Costs of  repairs  or  replacements  resulting  from  casualty
                  losses that would be covered  under a standard  "all-risk"  or
                  "special   form"  policy  of  casualty   insurance   (but  any
                  deductible will be included, up to $10,000), or eminent domain
                  takings, to the extent of the settlement or award proceeds;

         c)       Depreciation or amortization of the building,  lot or any part
                  thereof or improvements thereto;

         d)       Principal or interest  payments on loans  secured by mortgages
                  on the Property;

         e)       Replacement or contingency reserves;

         f)       Ground  lease  rents  or  payments  of any  fees  relating  to
                  leasing, financing or other services;

         g)       Brokerage  commissions and legal fees payable by LESSOR for or
                  with respect to new leases for the Building;

         h)       Legal  or  professional   fees  relating  to  new  leasing  or
                  financing;

         i)       Promotional, advertising or public relations expenses;

         j)       Services  provided for a particular tenant (other than LESSEE)
                  and not tenants in general;

         k)       Any costs or expenses  relating to (1) any breach by LESSOR of
                  its  obligations  hereunder,  or (2) the  compliance  with any
                  applicable  laws,  rules,  orders,  regulations,   ordinances,
                  permits or approvals in effect as of the date of this Lease;

                                       3
<PAGE>

         l)       Any costs or expenses  relating to  environmental  remediation
                  unless the need for such remediation  arose as a result of the
                  negligent  act or  omission  of  LESSEE  or  LESSEE's  agents,
                  employees or contractors (in which case LESSEE shall be solely
                  liable for such costs or expenses);

         m)       Any costs or expenses reimbursed to LESSOR by tenants or third
                  parties,  including without  limitation,  costs of convenience
                  electricity  (lights and plugs)  supplied to other  tenants of
                  the Building;

         n)       Any costs or expenses relating to any in-Building food service
                  facilities; and

         o)       Compensation,  fringe benefits, insurance premiums and payroll
                  taxes of any person not engaged in such operation,  management
                  or maintenance  work at the Building on a full-time basis (but
                  such expenses  shall be ratably  allocated to Operating  Costs
                  based  on  the  time   devoted  to  the   Building)  or  other
                  administrative  overhead  or profit  increment  fees and costs
                  paid  by   LESSOR  to  itself   (or  to  its   affiliates   or
                  subsidiaries) except the management fee referred to herein.

For  purposes of this Lease,  "Base  Operating  Costs" shall mean (i) during the
period  commencing  on the  Commencement  Date and ending on the last day of the
calendar month in which the first  anniversary of the Commencement  Date occurs,
$4.85 per square foot of rentable area in the building, and (ii) thereafter, the
actual  Operating Costs incurred during the first twelve full calendar months of
this Lease. LESSOR's notice of LESSOR's share of operating costs shall include a
reasonably  detailed  statement  setting  forth  the  Operating  Costs  and  the
calculation of LESSOR's proportionate share thereof (the "Statement"). If LESSEE
disputes any items set forth in the Statement, LESSEE shall have the right, upon
notice to LESSOR  not later  than  sixty  (60) days  following  receipt  of such
Statement  (which  notice shall set forth in  reasonable  detail the  particular
respects in which LESSEE disputes the Statement),  to audit LESSOR's records and
statements of Operating  Costs for the calendar year which is the subject of the
Statement.  Such audit shall be conducted  by an  independent  certified  public
accountant  selected by LESSEE and  reasonably  acceptable to LESSOR.  The audit
shall  take  place at the  offices  of LESSOR  where its books and  records  are
located at a mutually convenient time during LESSOR's regular business hours. In
the event that such audit  discloses  that  LESSEE  paid in excess of its actual
proportionate share of Operating Costs, then LESSOR shall apply such overpayment
to the next due payment  obligation  on account of Operating  Costs and, if such
refund  exceeds such next due payment  obligation,  refund such excess to LESSEE
within  thirty  (30) days  after  LESSOR's  receipt  of such  audit  report.  In
addition,  in the event that such audit  discloses  that LESSEE paid ten percent
(10%) or more in excess of its actual proportionate share of Operating Costs for
any  particular  cost item or items,  then  LESSEE  shall have the right,  to be
exercised by written notice to LESSOR within fifteen (15) days after delivery of
the  results  of  LESSEE's  audit,  to review  the same cost  item(s)  for prior
calendar years (and any overpayments  discovered with respect to such item(s) in
prior years shall likewise be applied to the next due payment, as stated above).
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  LESSEE shall be entitled to continue to review
additional  prior years only so long as its audit of such  particular cost items
continue to reflect  overpayments of 10% or more. The accountant  conducting the
audit shall be compensated on an hourly basis and shall not be compensated based
upon a percentage of overcharges it discovers.  LESSEE shall pay the cost of any
such audit unless such audit  discloses an overpayment  (whether for the year in
question  or any prior  year) in excess of five  percent  (5%) in which case the
cost of such  audit  shall be paid for by  LESSOR.  Any  dispute  regarding  the
results of any such audit,  which is not  resolved by  agreement  of the parties
within sixty (60) days after delivery of such audit report, shall be resolved by
arbitration under the Commercial  Arbitration Rules of the American  Arbitration
Association,  except that there shall be only one arbitrator, who shall not have
had a  professional  relationship  with  either  during the  preceding  one year
period,  and who shall be a certified  property manager having at least ten (10)
years'  experience in the  management  of


                                       4
<PAGE>

commercial  properties in the northern  suburban  Boston  market.  If LESSOR and
LESSEE are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable arbitrator within twenty-one
(21) days after the expiration of such 60-day period,  then either party may ask
the  then-president  of the Greater Boston Real Estate Board to name a qualified
arbitrator.

6. UTILITIES AND SERVICES.  As part of the  improvements  to the leased premises
being  provided  by  LESSOR,  LESSOR  shall  provide  water and  sewer  service,
equipment  to heat and cool the leased  premises  as  provided in EXHIBIT C, and
LESSOR shall provide janitorial services as set forth on EXHIBIT D. LESSEE shall
pay for such  services as  Operating  Costs).  LESSEE  shall pay directly to the
utility  provider  for all  convenience  electricity  (lights  and plugs) in the
leased premises,  as determined by a separate meter serving the leased premises.
LESSEE shall pay for all charges that exceed $1.75 per square foot  annually for
electricity  and gas for  the  heat  and air  conditioning  serving  the  leased
premises.  LESSEE  shall also pay LESSOR as an  Operating  Cost a  proportionate
share of any other fees and charges relating to utility use for the common areas
of the building and the property.  No plumbing,  construction or electrical work
of any type (other than repair or  replacement of minor fixtures or equipment by
qualified  personnel)  shall be done without  LESSOR's  prior  written  approval
(which shall not be unreasonably  withheld or delayed) and LESSEE  obtaining the
appropriate  municipal  permit.  LESSOR  represents  and warrants that as of the
Commencement  Date of this Lease,  the leased  premises  shall be  connected  to
electricity, gas, water, sewer and telephone service.

7. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. LESSEE acknowledges that no trade, occupation, activity
or work shall be conducted in the leased  premises or use made thereof which may
be unlawful,  improper, noisy, offensive, or contrary to any applicable statute,
regulation,  ordinance or bylaw.  LESSEE shall keep all employees working in the
leased premises covered by Worker's Compensation  Insurance and shall obtain any
licenses and permits necessary for LESSEE's specific occupancy.  LESSEE shall be
responsible  for causing the leased premises and any alterations by LESSEE which
are allowed  hereunder to be in full  compliance  with any  applicable  statute,
regulation,  ordinance,  or bylaw as a result of LESSEE's  particular use of the
leased  premises,  provided that LESSOR shall be required to make alterations to
the leased premises on account of any such statute,  regulation,  ordinance,  or
bylaw that is  generally  applicable  to general  office,  light  manufacturing,
research and development and distribution facilities (subject always to LESSOR's
right, in its sole  discretion,  to contest the  applicability  of such statute,
regulation,  ordinance,  or bylaw).  LESSOR hereby  represents that, to the best
actual knowledge of LESSOR, as of the Commencement Date, the leased premises and
the  improvements  described  on  EXHIBIT  C to be  performed  (or  caused to be
performed)  by LESSOR  shall  comply (to the extent  that  non-compliance  would
adversely  affect  the  use and  occupancy  of the  leased  premises)  with  all
applicable laws, codes, rules, regulations,  ordinances,  permits, approvals and
insurance requirements.

8. FIRE,  CASUALTY,  EMINENT DOMAIN.  Should greater than fifty percent (50%) of
the square  footage of either the leased  premises or the building of which they
are a part be  substantially  damaged by fire or other  casualty  or be taken by
eminent  domain,  LESSOR  may elect to  terminate  this  lease.  When such fire,
casualty or taking  renders the leased  premises  substantially  unsuitable  for
their  intended  use,  a just  and  proportionate  abatement  of base  rent  and
additional  rent shall be made (until such time as the leased premises have been
restored or this Lease has been terminated).  When such fire, casualty or taking
renders the leased premises (or access thereto or facilities  relating  thereto)
substantially  unsuitable for their intended use,  LESSEE may elect to terminate
this lease if: (a) LESSOR fails to give written  notice  within thirty (30) days
of intention to restore the leased premises;  or (b) LESSOR fails to restore the
leased  premises to a condition  substantially  suitable for their  intended use
within one  hundred  and twenty  (120)  days of said fire,  casualty  or taking.
LESSOR  reserves all rights for damages or injury to the leased premises for any
taking by eminent domain, except for damage to LESSEE's property or equipment.

9. FIRE INSURANCE.  LESSEE shall not permit any use of the leased premised which
will  adversely  affect or make  voidable any insurance on the property of which
the leased  premises are a part, or on the contents


                                       5
<PAGE>

of said property,  or which shall be contrary to any law or regulation from time
to time established by the Insurance Services Office (or successor),  local Fire
Department,  LESSOR's  insurer,  or any  similar  body.  LESSEE  shall on demand
reimburse LESSOR, and all other tenants,  all extra insurance premiums caused by
LESSEE's use of the leased  premises.  LESSOR  acknowledges  and agrees that the
uses set forth in Section 4 above do not  currently  require  extra or increased
insurance premiums. If LESSEE shall vacate the leased premises or permit same to
be unoccupied other than during LESSEE's  customary  non-business days or hours,
and other  than as a result of a fire,  casualty  or  taking,  and such  vacancy
causes an increase in LESSOR's risk rating,  insurance  rates or premiums,  then
LESSEE  shall be  solely  responsible  for the same  and  shall  pay the same as
additional  rent within ten days after  demand  therefor,  and if LESSEE had not
given LESSOR notice of such vacancy,  and such vacancy  shall  adversely  affect
LESSOR's  insurance  coverage,  LESSOR  shall  advise  LESSEE  as soon as LESSOR
becomes  aware of such effect,  and LESSEE shall be solely  responsible  for any
loss or costs that would  otherwise have been covered prior to the date on which
LESSEE gave such notice.

10.  MAINTENANCE  OF PREMISES.  LESSOR will be  responsible  for all  structural
maintenance  of  all  the  leased  premised,   but  specifically  excluding  all
maintenance of any non "building standard" leasehold  improvements  installed by
or for LESSEE after the  Commencement  Date.  "Structure"  or  "structural"  for
purposes of this lease shall mean and include  only the  following:  foundation;
roof framing (specially excluding, without limitation, the ceiling (of which the
underdeck of the roof is not to be considered a part); bearing columns;  bearing
walls (specially  excluding without  limitation the interior surfaces  thereof),
floor slab and subflooring; space heating and cooling equipment; sprinklers; and
utility  supply  lines that serve the leased  premises in common  with  premises
other than the leased premises.  The costs of such maintenance shall be included
in the Operating  Costs,  as defined  under  Section 5 hereof.  LESSEE agrees to
maintain  at its expense  all other  aspects of the leased  premises in the same
condition as they are at the  commencement  of the term or as they may be put in
during the term of this lease,  excepting  only (i) normal  wear and tear,  (ii)
damage by fire or other casualty,  and (iii) damage caused by the negligent acts
or omissions of LESSOR or its agents or contractors,  and whenever necessary, to
replace light bulbs and interior glass therein. At LESSEE's request, LESSOR will
replace  interior  glass and light bulbs and LESSEE shall pay LESSOR's  invoices
therefor. LESSEE will properly control or vent all solvents,  degreasers, smoke,
odors,  etc., and shall not cause the area surrounding the leased premises to be
in  anything  other  than a neat and clean  condition,  depositing  all waste in
appropriate  receptacles.  LESSEE shall be solely  responsible for any damage to
plumbing  equipment,  sanitary lines, or any other portion of the building which
results from the discharge or use of any acid or corrosive  substance by LESSEE.
LESSEE shall not permit the leased premises to be overloaded,  damaged, stripped
or defaced,  nor suffer any waste,  and will not keep animals  within the leased
premises.  LESSEE  shall,  however,  have the  right to keep a small  number  of
laboratory  animals from time to time in accordance  with all  applicable  laws,
codes and  ordinances or  governmental  permits or licenses,  which LESSEE shall
first obtain. Any increase in air conditioning equipment or electrical capacity,
or any  installation  and/or  maintenance of equipment  which is necessitated by
some  specific  aspect of  LESSEE's  change in use of the leased  premises  from
permitted uses shall be at the LESSEE's  expense.  All  maintenance  provided by
LESSOR shall be during  LESSOR's  normal  business  hours;  provided that LESSOR
shall use  commercially  reasonable  efforts not to  materially  interfere  with
LESSEE's  use or  occupancy of the leased  premises,  and provided  further that
janitorial  services shall be supplied  after normal office hours.  LESSOR shall
also  maintain  and repair the common  areas and  facilities  serving the leased
premises and Building, including without limitation common walkways,  driveways,
parking  areas and  lighting,  freight  or  loading  areas,  lobbies,  hallways,
stairways,  elevators and ramps in good order and repair,  consistent with other
first-class  office buildings in the north suburban Boston market. To the extent
that LESSOR shall receive  written  notice from any  governmental  agency having
jurisdiction that the Building or the Property is in violation of any applicable
law,  regulation  or  ordinance,  and such  violation  does not  arise  from the
LESSEE's  breach  of this  Lease or from  LESSEE's  specific  use of the  leased
premises,  LESSOR shall be responsible  for taking such steps as LESSOR may deem
commercially  reasonable to contest such notice or cure


                                       6
<PAGE>

such  violation  (provided  that no  contest  shall  cause  LESSEE  to incur any
criminal or civil  liability or  substantially  impede access to or occupancy of
the leased premises).

11.  ALTERATIONS.  LESSEE shall not make structural  alterations or additions of
any kind to the leased premises, but may make nonstructural alterations provided
LESSOR  consents  thereto in writing,  which consent  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld or delayed as to  non-structural  alterations  or additions that do not
adversely  affect  (in other  than a DE MINIMUS  way) the  building's  plumbing,
electrical  or mechanical  systems.  All such  alterations  shall be at LESSEE's
expense and shall conform with LESSOR's reasonable construction  specifications.
If LESSOR or LESSOR's agent  provides any services or maintenance  for LESSEE in
connection with such alterations or otherwise under this lease, any just invoice
will be promptly paid.  LESSEE shall not permit any mechanics'  liens or similar
liens  to  remain  upon the  leased  premises  in  connection  with  work of any
character  performed or claimed to have been  performed at the  direction of the
LESSEE and shall cause any such lien to be released or removed forthwith without
cost to  LESSOR.  Any  alterations  or  additions  shall  (except  to the extent
specified  by LESSEE as  provided  in  Section  27)  become  part of the  leased
premises and the property of LESSOR.  LESSOR shall have the right at any time to
change the arrangement of parking areas, stairs,  walkways or other common areas
of the  building,  provided that such change does not  materially  and adversely
affect LESSEE's use or occupancy of or access to the leased premises.

12.  ASSIGNMENT OR  SUBLEASING.  LESSEE shall not assign this lease or sublet or
allow any other  firm or  individual  to occupy  the whole or part of the leased
premises  without  LESSOR's  prior written  consent,  which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding such assignment or subleasing.
LESSEE  shall  remain  liable to LESSOR for the  payment of all rent and for the
full performance of the covenants and conditions of this lease. LESSEE shall pay
LESSOR promptly for reasonable  legal expenses  incurred by LESSOR in connection
with any consent requested thereunder by LESSEE.

13.  SUBORDINATION AND ESTOPPEL.  This lease shall be subject and subordinate to
any and all mortgages and other instruments in the nature of a mortgage,  now or
any time  hereafter  affecting  the  leased  premises,  and LESSEE  shall,  when
requested,  promptly  execute and deliver such written  instruments  as shall be
reasonably  customary and necessary to show the  subordination  of this lease to
said mortgage or other such instruments in the nature of a mortgage.  Each party
agrees  from time to time,  within  ten (10) days after  written  request by the
other, to execute,  acknowledge and deliver to the requesting party (and/or, the
case of LESSOR,  to any  mortgagee  or  prospective  purchaser)  a statement  in
writing  certifying  that this lease is unmodified  and in full force and effect
and that the certifying party has no defenses, offsets, or counterclaims against
its  obligations,  including  as to LESSEE  the  obligation  to pay rent and any
additional  rent or other charges and to perform its other  covenants under this
lease,  and the dates to which the rent and any additional rent or other charges
have been paid.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  such  subordination  shall be
conditioned on LESSOR's  obtaining the holder's written agreement that,  subject
to such reasonable  qualifications as such holder may reasonably  impose, in the
event  that the  holder  shall  succeed  to the  interests  of LESSOR  hereunder
pursuant to such mortgage, ground lease or other encumbrance, then so long as no
Default of LESSEE exists  hereunder,  LESSEE's right to possession of the leased
premises shall not be disturbed and LESSEE's other rights hereunder shall not be
adversely  affected (and this Lease shall not be terminated) by any  foreclosure
of such mortgage or encumbrance or by termination of such ground lease.

14. LESSOR'S ACCESS.  LESSOR or agents of LESSOR may at any reasonable time, and
upon reasonable  advance notice (which need not be in writing and which need not
be  given  at all in the  event  of any  emergency)  enter  to view  the  leased
premises,  to make repairs and  alterations as LESSOR should elect to do for the
leased premises, the common areas or any other portions of the building, to make
repairs  which  LESSEE is required  but has failed to do, and to show the leased
premises to others.


                                       7
<PAGE>

15. SNOW REMOVAL.  LESSOR shall be  responsible  for the prompt  plowing of snow
from all roadways and unobstructed  parking areas and from the walkways,  steps,
and loading areas serving the leased premises.

16. ACCESS & PARKING.  LESSEE shall have the right without any additional charge
to use the parking  facilities  provided for the leased  premises in common with
others  entitled to the use  thereof.  The  building  has three spaces per 1,000
square feet of rentable area, all such spaces to be on an unreserved unallocated
basis.  LESSOR shall maintain the foregoing  parking ratio,  and shall not grant
rights to other tenants or third parties which would be inconsistent  with there
remaining  three  spaces per 1,000  square feet of  rentable  area in the leased
premises.  Subject to final  measurement  of the  leased  premises  pursuant  to
Section 34, LESSEE will be entitled to use 132 parking  spaces.  LESSEE will not
obstruct in any manner any portion of the building or the walkways or approaches
to the building and will conform to all reasonable  rules and regulations now or
hereafter made by LESSOR for parking and for the care, use, or alteration of the
building,   its  facilities  and  approaches.   LESSOR  shall  use  commercially
reasonable  efforts to enforce such rules and  regulations in a uniform  manner.
LESSEE  further  warrants that LESSEE will not permit any employee or visitor to
violate  this or any other  covenant or  obligation  of LESSEE.  All loading and
unloading  shall  be by a side  loading  dock or  entrance,  if such  access  is
available.  No unattended  parking will be permitted  between  7:00PM and 7:00AM
without  LESSOR's  prior  written  approval,  which  shall  not be  unreasonably
withheld or delayed.  Unregistered or disabled vehicles,  or storage trailers of
any type,  may not be parked at any time.  LESSOR may tow, at LESSEE's sole risk
and expense,  any  misparked  vehicle  belonging  to LESSEE or LESSEE's  agents,
employees, invitees or callers, at any time. LESSOR shall not be responsible for
providing any security services for the leased premises.

17. LIABILITY. To the extent permitted by law, and except with respect to damage
to the Building or leased  premises by fire or other  casualty,  LESSEE shall be
solely  responsible  as between  LESSOR and LESSEE for (i) deaths or personal or
bodily  injuries  to  all  persons  whomsoever  occurring  in or on  the  leased
premises,  from whatever  cause  arising,  and (ii) deaths or personal or bodily
injuries to all persons  whomsoever  occurring  outside of the leased  premises,
where the same result from the  negligent or willful acts or omissions of LESSEE
or its  agents,  contractors  or  employees,  and (iii)  damage to  property  to
whomsoever belonging arising out of the use, control, condition or occupation of
the leased premises by LESSEE;  and LESSEE agrees to indemnify,  defend and save
harmless  LESSOR  from any and  liability,  including  but not limited to costs,
expenses,  damages,  causes of action,  claims,  judgments and  attorney's  fees
caused by or in any way growing out of any matters aforesaid.

18.  INSURANCE.  LESSEE  shall  maintain at its own expense  with respect to the
leased  premises  and  LESSEE's  property  which  is not a part  of the  demised
premises a comprehensive public liability insurance policy,  insuring LESSEE and
LESSOR against any claims based on bodily injury  (including  death) or property
damage arising out of the condition of the leased premises (including any common
areas that are considered part of the leased premises hereunder) or their use by
LESSEE, with coverage in the amount of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).  LESSEE
shall further  obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease "all risk"
extended coverage property insurance on LESSEE's personal  property,  all tenant
improvements installed at the leased premises by LESSEE, LESSEE's trade fixtures
and  other  property.  LESSOR  shall  be  included  in each  such  policy  as an
additional  insured using ISO Form CG 20 26 11 85 (or comparable  ACORD form) or
some other  form  approved  by LESSOR.  LESSEE  will file with  LESSOR  prior to
occupancy  certificates and any applicable  riders or endorsements  showing that
such insurance is in force, and thereafter will file renewal  certificates prior
to the expiration of any such policies.  All such insurance  certificates  shall
provide that such policies shall not be canceled without at least ten (10) days'
prior  written  notice to  LESSOR.  In the event  LESSEE  shall  fail to furnish
evidence  of renewal of any policy  prior to the planned  renewal  date shown on
such  certificate,  then  LESSOR may elect to  contract  for such  insurance  at
LESSEE's  expense,  and  LESSOR  shall give  notice  thereof


                                       8
<PAGE>

simultaneously or promptly thereafter. LESSOR shall maintain throughout the term
of this Lease a policy or policies of insurance  covering  loss or damage to the
building  (including  LESSOR installed  improvements to the leased premises) and
all related  improvements in an amount approximately equal to the full insurable
replacement cost thereof, and such insurance shall provide coverage against fire
and other perils customarily  covered by an "all-risk" or "special form" policy.
LESSOR shall also carry a policy or policies of general  liability  insurance in
such amounts and coverages as commercially  reasonable against liability arising
out of the  ownership,  operation  and  management of the building and all areas
relating thereto.

19. SIGNS.  LESSOR shall,  at LESSEE's  expense (and provided  LESSEE shall have
obtained any necessary  governmental approvals or permits) erect signage for the
leased  premises  that will be located on the  building  pediment and visible to
Cambridge  Street,  as well as a  monument  sign in the  front of the  building.
LESSOR shall cooperate with and assist LESSEE's efforts to obtain such approvals
or permits.  LESSEE  shall  obtain the prior  written  consent of LESSOR  before
erecting  any other  sign on the leased  premises,  which  consent  shall not be
unreasonably withheld, but may include approval as to size, wording,  design and
location.  LESSOR may remove and  dispose of any sign not  approved,  erected or
displayed in accordance with this lease.

20. BROKERAGE.  LESSEE and LESSOR each warrants and represents to the other that
each has dealt with no broker or third party with respect to this lease,  except
for  SPAULDING  &  SLYE/COLLIERS  (whose fee shall be paid by  LESSOR)  and each
agrees to indemnify the other  against any brokerage  claims by any other broker
or third person arising by virtue of this lease.

21. DEFAULT AND  ACCELERATION OF RENT. In the event that: (a) any assignment for
the benefit of  creditors,  trust  mortgage,  receivership  or other  insolvency
proceeding  shall be made or  instituted  with  respect  to LESSEE  or  LESSEE's
property and not cured,  discharged or released  within 90 days  (provided  that
such grace period shall not apply to any  proceeding  commenced by LESSEE);  (b)
LESSEE  shall  default  in the  observance  or  performance  of any of  LESSEE's
covenants,  agreements, or obligations hereunder,  other than monetary payments,
and such default  shall not be corrected  within  thirty (30) days after written
notice  thereof  (or, if such  default  cannot  reasonably  be cured within such
30-day period,  despite  diligent and continuous  efforts to cure the same begun
promptly after notice thereof,  then such 30-day period shall be extended for an
additional  reasonable time, so long as LESSEE  continues such efforts);  or (c)
LESSEE shall fail to pay the security  deposit,  rent,  taxes,  any  substantial
invoice  from LESSOR or LESSOR's  agent for goods  and/or  services or other sum
herein  specified,  and such  default  shall  continue  for ten (10) days  after
written notice specifying such failure;  then in any such case LESSOR shall have
the right  thereafter,  without demand or further  notice,  to re-enter and take
possession of the leased premises,  to declare the term of this lease ended, and
to remove LESSEE's effects, all in accordance with applicable law, without being
guilty of any manner of trespass,  and without  prejudice to any remedies  which
might be  otherwise  used for arrears of rent or other  default of breach of the
lease. In the event of any termination, LESSEE shall pay the rent and other sums
payable  hereunder up to the time of such  termination,  and thereafter  LESSEE,
until the end of what would  have been the term of this Lease in the  absence of
such termination,  and whether or not the leased premises shall have been relet,
shall be liable to LESSOR  for,  and shall pay to LESSOR as  liquidated  current
damages  the  rent and  other  sums  that  would be  payable  hereunder  if such
termination had not occurred, less the net proceeds, if any, of any reletting of
the leased  premises,  after  deducting  all  expenses in  connection  with such
reletting,  including,  without limitation,  all repossession  costs,  brokerage
commissions,   legal  expenses,   attorneys'  fees,  advertising,   expenses  of
employees,  alteration costs and expenses of preparation for such reletting.  At
any time after such termination,  whether or not LESSOR shall have collected any
such  current  damages,  as  liquidated  final  damages  and in lieu of all such
current  damages  beyond the date of such demand,  at LESSOR's  election  LESSEE
shall pay to LESSOR an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the rent and other
sums as  hereinabove  provided that would be payable  hereunder from the date of
such demand,  over the then fair net rental value of the leased premises for the
same period,  discounted  to then net present  value at a rate equal to the WALL
STREET JOURNAL prime rate.


                                       9
<PAGE>

LESSOR,  without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving
any  default,  may remedy same for the account and at the expense of LESSEE.  If
LESSOR  pays or incurs any  obligation  for the  payment of money in  connection
therewith, such sums paid or obligations incurred plus interest and costs, shall
be  paid  to  LESSOR  by  LESSEE  as  additional  rent.   Provided  LESSOR  uses
commercially  reasonable efforts to do so, LESSOR shall in no event be liable in
any way  whatsoever  for  failure to relet the  Leased  premises.  For  purposes
hereof,  marketing of the Leased  premises in a manner  similar to the manner in
which  LESSOR  markets  other leased  premises  within  LESSOR's  control in the
Building  shall  be  deemed  to  have  satisfied  LESSOR's   obligation  to  use
"reasonable  efforts."  In no event  shall  LESSOR be  required to (i) relet the
leased premises before leasing similar vacant space in the Building,  (ii) lease
the leased  premises for a rental less than the current fair market  rental then
prevailing  for office space in the  Building,  or (iii) enter into a lease with
any  proposed  tenant  that  does not  have,  in  LESSOR's  reasonable  opinion,
sufficient  financial  resources or operating  experience  to operate the leased
premises in a first-class  manner. Any sums received by LESSOR from or on behalf
of LESSEE at any time shall be  applied  first to any  unamortized  improvements
completed for LESSEE's occupancy then to offset any outstanding invoice or other
payment due to LESSOR,  with the balance  applied to  outstanding  rent.  LESSEE
agrees to pay reasonable attorney's fees and/or administrative costs incurred by
LESSOR in  enforcing  any or all  obligations  of LESSEE under this lease at any
time.  LESSEE shall pay LESSOR interest at the rate of eighteen (18) percent per
annum on any payment from LESSEE to LESSOR which is past due.

22. NOTICE.  Any notice from LESSOR to LESSEE relating to the leased premises or
to the  occupancy  thereof shall be deemed duly served when served by constable,
or sent to the leased  premises by certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,
postage prepaid, or sent by nationally  recognized overnight delivery or courier
service, and in any case addressed to LESSEE: if prior to the Commencement Date,
addressed to 45 Hartwell Avenue, Lexington, Massachusetts 02421, Attention: Paul
S. Weiner;  and if after the  Commencement  Date,  then to the leased  premises,
Attention:  Paul S. Weiner;  or at such other address as LESSEE may from time to
time  request.  The LESSOR  will send a copy of any notice to LESSEE  alleging a
failure or default  on the part of LESSEE to Sherin and Lodgen  LLP,  100 Summer
Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts 02110,  Attention:  Robert M. Carney. Any notice
from  LESSEE to LESSOR  relating  to the  leased  premises  or to the  occupancy
thereof  shall be deemed duly served when served by  constable  or  delivered to
LESSOR by certified mail, return receipt  requested postage prepaid,  or sent by
nationally  recognized  overnight  delivery or courier service,  and in any case
addressed to LESSOR at 50 Salem Street,  Lynnfield, MA 01940 or at LESSOR's last
designated  address.  No oral notice or  representation  shall have any force or
effect. Time is of the essence in service of any notice.

23.  OCCUPANCY.  Unless LESSOR and LESSEE shall then be actively engaged in good
faith negotiations regarding extension of the term (and in that case for no more
than thirty (30) days after the scheduled termination), in the event that LESSEE
continues to occupy or control all or any part of the leased  premises after the
agreed  termination  of this lease without  written  permission of LESSOR,  then
LESSEE  shall be liable to LESSOR  for any and all  loss,  damaged  or  expenses
incurred  by LESSOR and all other  terms of this lease  shall  continue to apply
except  that rent  shall be due in full  monthly  installments  at a rate of one
hundred  fifty  (150)  percent of that which would  otherwise  be due under this
lease, it being understood  between the parties that such extended  occupancy is
as a tenant at  sufferance  and is solely for the  benefit  and  convenience  of
LESSEE and as such has a greater rental value.  LESSEE's control or occupancy of
all or any part of the leased premised beyond the last day of any monthly rental
period shall constitute  LESSEE's  occupancy for an entire additional month, and
increased rent as provided in this section shall be due and payable  immediately
in advance. LESSOR's acceptance of any payments from LESSEE during such extended
occupancy shall not alter LESSEE's status as a tenant at sufferance.

24. FIRE PREVENTION.  LESSOR and LESSEE each agree to use reasonable precautions
against  fire and  LESSOR  agrees to  provide  and  maintain  (except  as may be
required  solely as a result of  LESSEE's


                                       10
<PAGE>

particular  type of  business in the leased  premises)  approved,  labeled  fire
extinguishers,  emergency  lighting  equipment,  and exit signs and complete any
other modifications within the leased premises as required or recommended by the
Insurance  Services  Office (or successor  organization),  OSHA,  the local Fire
Department,  or any similar body. To the extent  required  solely as a result of
LESSEE's  particular  type of  business  in the leased  premises,  LESSEE  shall
maintain approved, labeled fire extinguishers, emergency lighting equipment, and
exit signs and complete any other  modifications  within the leased  premises as
required  or  recommended  by  the  Insurance   Services  Office  (or  successor
organization), OSHA, the local Fire Department, or any similar body.

25.  OUTSIDE AREA.  No goods,  equipment,  or things of any type or  description
shall be held or stored  outside the leased  premises at any time without  prior
written  consent from LESSOR.  If LESSEE  obtains all  necessary  approvals  and
permits from governmental authorities,  LESSEE shall be allowed to place and use
a gas  barbeque  and  lawn/deck  furniture  on the  deck to be  constructed  and
attached to the leased premises. Any goods, equipment or things left outside the
leased premises without LESSOR's prior written consent shall be deemed abandoned
and may be removed at LESSEE's  expense  without notice by LESSOR.  LESSOR shall
provide a shared  dumpster or compactor for use by LESSEE in common with others,
and LESSEE  shall pay its  proportionate  share  (based on  LESSOR's  reasonable
estimate of LESSEE's use) of any costs associated therewith.

26.  ENVIRONMENT.  LESSEE will so conduct and operate the leased premises as not
to interfere in any way with the use and enjoyment of other portions of the same
or neighboring  buildings by others by reason of odors,  smoke,  smells,  noise,
pets,  accumulation of garbage or trash, vermin or other pests, or otherwise and
will at its expense  employ a  professional  pest control  service if necessary.
LESSEE agrees to maintain  efficient and effective devices for preventing damage
to heating equipment from solvents, degreasers, cutting oils, propellants, etc.,
which may be present at the leased  premises.  No hazardous  materials or wastes
shall be stored,  disposed of or allowed to remain at the leased premises at any
time (except in strict  accordance  with applicable  laws),  and LESSEE shall be
solely responsible for any and all corrosion or other damage associated with the
use, storage and/or disposal of same by LESSEE.  LESSOR  represents and warrants
that  LESSOR has no actual  knowledge  of, and LESSOR has not  received  written
notice  from any  governmental  agency  having  jurisdiction  of, any release or
threat of release of any such hazardous  materials or waste or oil on, at, in or
under the  building or lot on which it is located.  LESSOR shall  indemnify  and
hold LESSEE harmless from and against any and all claims,  loss,  cost,  expense
and  damage  resulting  from and  breach  of the  foregoing  representation  and
warranty.

27. SURRENDER. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section, LESSEE shall
at the  termination  of this lease remove all of LESSEE's goods and effects from
the  leased  premises,  including  any and  all  fixtures  and  LESSEE-installed
improvements  (to the extent specified by LESSOR at the time of initial approval
thereof), and furniture and equipment, and LESSEE shall repair any damage to the
leased  premises  caused by such  removal.  LESSEE  shall  deliver to LESSOR the
leased  premises and all keys and locks  thereto,  all  fixtures  and  equipment
connected  therewith (to the extent not to be removed by LESSEE).  Not more than
nine (9)  months,  and not less than three (3)  months,  prior to the end of the
term of this  lease,  LESSOR may request  that LESSEE  specify in writing (to be
delivered  within 15 days  after such  request)  those  alterations,  additions,
fixtures and improvements  made to or upon the leased premises by or for LESSEE,
including  but  not  limited  to  any  offices,   partitions,   window   blinds,
manufacturing  and research & development  fixtures,  floor covering  (including
computer  floors),  water coolers,  telephone  wiring,  telephone  equipment and
counters,  that LESSEE  proposes to remove at the expiration of the term. To the
extent that any such  alterations,  additions and improvements are not listed in
LESSEE's  response,  then LESSEE shall have no right to remove the same.  LESSEE
shall in any event remove all furniture,  trade fixtures and business  equipment
that,  in  LESSOR's  reasonable  judgment,  is not readily  re-usable  for other
business office,  warehousing,  light manufacturing and research and development
uses,  provided  that LESSOR gives LESSEE notice of LESSOR's  determination  not
less than thirty (30) days


                                       11
<PAGE>

prior to the  expiration  of the Term.  LESSEE  shall  not  remove  plumbing  or
electrical  equipment  or HVAC  equipment,  except  that  LESSEE  may remove its
particularly  specialized plumbing,  electrical equipment and HVAC equipment and
trade  fixtures,  provided that LESSEE shall  restore the remaining  systems and
equipment to that which was originally  present in the leased  premises.  LESSEE
shall  deliver  the  leased  premises  sanitized  from  any  chemicals  or other
contaminants,  and  broom  clean and in the same  condition  as they were at the
commencement of this lease or any prior lease between the parties for the leased
premises,  or as they were  modified  during  said term  with  LESSOR's  written
consent, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty excepted.
In the event of  LESSEE's  failure to remove any of LESSEE's  property  from the
leased  premises upon  termination  of the lease,  LESSOR is hereby  authorized,
without  liability to LESSEE for loss or damage  thereto and at the sole risk of
LESSEE, to remove and store any such property at LESSEE's expense,  or to retain
same  under  LESSOR's  control,  or to sell at public or private  sale  (without
notice),  any or all  property  not so removed and to apply the net  proceeds of
such sale to the payment of any sum due hereunder,  or to destroy such abandoned
property.  In no case shall the leased premises be deemed  surrendered to LESSOR
until  the  termination  date  provided  herein  or  such  other  date as may be
specified  in a written  agreement  between  the  parties,  notwithstanding  the
delivery of any keys to LESSOR.

28. RESPONSIBILITY.  To the maximum extent permitted by law, LESSOR shall not be
held liable to anyone for loss or damage  caused in any way by the  LESSEE's use
of the leased premises,  leakage,  seepage or escape of water from any source or
for the cessation of any service rendered  customarily to the leased premises or
building,  or agreed to by the terms of this  lease,  due to any  accident,  the
making of repairs,  alterations or  improvements,  labor  difficulties,  weather
conditions, mechanical breakdowns, trouble or scarcity in obtaining electricity,
service or supplies  from the sources  from which they are usually  obtained for
said building,  or any cause beyond LESSOR's immediate control.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  in the event that (i) LESSEE shall be deprived of any essential
service and utility that is to be provided by LESSOR hereunder, and the cause of
such  deprivation  is  within  LESSOR's  reasonable   control,   and  (ii)  such
deprivation  shall continue for five (5) business days after LESSOR has received
written notice thereof from LESSEE,  and (iii) within such 5-business day period
LESSOR shall not have commenced to repair or restore such service or utility and
thereafter  diligently  pursue such repair or restoration  to  completion,  then
commencing  on the  sixth  business  day after  such  notice,  all Rent  payable
hereunder  shall be abated  until such time as such  services  and/or  utilities
shall be restored. For purposes hereof, the term "business day" shall mean a day
on which  LESSEE  would  otherwise  normally be open for  business in the leased
premises.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  with respect to any such deprivation
that makes it  impracticable  for LESSEE to continue  its business in the leased
premises,  and if LESSEE  actually causes LESSEE to stop conducting its business
in the  leased  premises,  then such rent  abatement  shall  take  effect on the
business day next following such notice from LESSEE.

29.  SUBROGATION.  LESSOR and LESSEE hereby  release each other and each other's
officers,  directors,  employees  and  agents,  to the  extent of the  insurance
coverage which each is required to carry  hereunder,  from any and all liability
for any loss or damage caused by fire or any of the extended coverage casualties
or any other casualty insured against, even if such fire or other casualty shall
be brought  about by the fault or  negligence  of a party or  parties  for whose
conduct a party is legally responsible. This waiver shall be in force and effect
only with respect to loss or damage  occurring during such time as the insurance
policy or policies  covering  such loss or damage shall  contain a clause to the
effect  that this  waiver  shall not affect  said  policies  or the right of the
insured party to recover thereunder. Each party hereby agrees that its policy or
policies  will  include  such a  clause  if  such is  available.  If such is not
available  without  extra cost,  if the other  party pays such extra cost.  Each
party shall promptly notify the other party of any such extra cost.

30.  GENERAL.  (a) The invalidity or  unenforceability  of any provision of this
lease shall not affect or render invalid or  unenforceable  any other  provision
hereof;  (b) The  obligations  of this lease  shall run with the land,  and this
lease shall be binding  upon and inure to the benefit of the parties  hereto and
their respective


                                       12
<PAGE>

successors and assigns,  except that LESSOR shall be liable only for obligations
occurring  while  LESSOR of the leased  premises;  (c) Any action or  proceeding
arising out of the subject  matter of this lease shall be brought by LESSEE only
in a court of the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts;  (d) If LESSOR is acting under
or as agent for any trust or  corporation,  the  obligations  of LESSOR shall be
binding  upon the  trust or  corporation,  but not  upon any  trustee,  officer,
director,  shareholder, or beneficiary of the trust or corporation individually;
(e) This lease is made and delivered in the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts,  and
shall be  interpreted,  construed,  and  enforced  in  accordance  with the laws
thereof;  (f) This lease was the result of negotiations between parties of equal
bargaining  strength,  and when  executed by both parties shall  constitute  the
entire   agreement   between  said  parties,   and  no  other  oral  or  written
representation  shall  have any effect  hereon,  and this  agreement  may hot be
altered,  extended or amended except by written agreement  attached hereto or as
otherwise  provided  herein,  (g) Except as set forth  herein,  LESSOR  makes no
warranty, express or implied,  concerning the suitability of the leased premises
for LESSEE's  intended  use;  (h) LESSEE  agrees that if LESSOR does not deliver
possession  of the leased  premises as herein  provided  for any reason,  LESSOR
shall not  (except as  expressly  provided  herein) be liable for any damages to
LESSEE for such failure,  but LESSOR agrees to use reasonable efforts to deliver
possession  to  LESSEE  at  the  earliest  possible  date,  and a  proportionate
abatement of rent for such time as LESSEE may be deprived of  possession of said
leased  premised  shall be LESSEE's sole remedy;  (i) Neither the  submission of
this lease form nor the  prospective  acceptance of the security  deposit and/or
rent shall constitute a reservation of or option for the leased premises,  or an
offer to lease, it being  expressly  understood and agreed that this lease shall
not bind either  party in any manner  whatsoever  until it has been  executed by
both parties,  (j) LESSEE shall not be entitled to exercise any option contained
herein if LESSEE is in  default  of any terms or  conditions  hereof  beyond the
expiration of any applicable  notice or grace periods;  (k) The headings on this
lease are for  convenience  only and shall not be  considered  part of the terms
hereof;  (l) No endorsement by LESSEE on any check shall bind LESSOR in any way;
and (m) LESSEE agrees that it will not record this Lease,  but at the request of
either party,  the parties will execute a suitable notice of lease setting forth
the names of the parties, the description of the leased premises and a statement
of the term of this Lease.

31. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

32. WAIVERS, ETC. No consent or waiver,  express or implied, by LESSOR, to or of
any breach of any covenant,  condition or duty of LESSEE shall be construed as a
consent or waiver to or of any other  breach of the same or any other  covenant,
condition  or duty.  If LESSEE is several  persons,  several  corporations  or a
partnership,  LESSEE's  obligations  are joint or partnership  and also several.
Unless  repugnant  to the  context  "LESSOR"  and  "LESSEE"  mean the  person or
persons, natural or corporate, named above as LESSOR and as LESSEE respectively,
and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

33.  ADDITIONAL  PROVISIONS.  Exhibit "A (Plans),"  "B  (Rent/Expenses/Extension
Terms),"  "C (Plans and  Specifications),"  "D  (Janitorial  Standards)"  and "E
(Rules and Regulations)" attached hereto are hereby incorporated.

34.  FINAL   MEASUREMENT   OF   LEASED   PREMISES;   ARCHITECT'S   CERTIFICATE.
Notwithstanding   anything  to  the  contrary  contained  in  this  Lease,  upon
Substantial  Completion  (as defined in  Paragraph  35) of the leased  premises,
LESSOR shall deliver to LESSEE a certificate  from  LESSOR's  architect  setting
forth the actual square  footage of the leased  premises and the  Building.  The
leased  premises  shall be  calculated  in  accordance  with BOMA  standards  of
measuring rentable square feet. If the square footage  calculation of the leased
premises  changes  after this Lease is executed by LESSOR and LESSEE,  the rent,
security deposit,  LESSEE's Proportionate Share of Taxes and Operating Costs and
the  number  of  parking  spaces to which  LESSEE  shall be  entitled,  shall be
adjusted accordingly.

                                       13
<PAGE>

35. TENDER OF POSSESSION;  SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.  The parties acknowledge that
LESSOR has an agreement  with the current owner of the building (the "Owner") to
purchase the property on which the  building is located.  LESSEE has  heretofore
negotiated directly with the Owner a purchase contract,  which has been assigned
to LESSOR.  The Owner is currently in the process of constructing  the building,
as well as tenant improvements  required by LESSEE. LESSEE acknowledges that the
base  building  work  has  been  substantially  completed,  and at the  time  of
execution of this Lease,  LESSEE has approved plans and  specifications  for the
remainder of work to be done. The Owner, as LESSOR's  contractor  shall continue
to perform such work.  LESSOR shall deliver  possession  of the leased  premises
vacant and  Substantially  Completed.  As used herein,  the term  "Substantially
Completed"  shall mean that (i) the leased  premises have been  constructed  and
completed by (or on behalf of) LESSOR as aforesaid in accordance  with the plans
and specification  approved by LESSOR and LESSEE (described on Exhibit C hereto,
as such  plans and  specifications  may be  changed  or  altered  only in mutual
agreement between the parties hereto) in a good and workmanlike  manner,  except
for so called punch list items or defects  which can be completed or remedied by
LESSOR or Owner  after  LESSEE  occupies  the leased  premises  without  causing
substantial  interference with LESSEE's use of the leased premises, and (ii) all
necessary and applicable  governmental  permits and approvals (including a final
Certificate  of Occupancy on the leased  premises and building) have been issued
to allow the LESSEE to use and occupy the leased premises in accordance with the
terms and conditions hereof.  LESSEE and LESSOR acknowledge that, under LESSOR's
agreement with Owner, LESSOR is entitled under certain  circumstances to recover
liquidated  damages from Owner for late  completion  of such work.  In the event
that Owner becomes  entitled to, and actually  recovers such liquidated  damages
from Owner,  then LESSOR  shall pay over to LESSEE  thirty-three  and  one-third
percent (33.3%) of any amounts actually recovered,  but in no event shall LESSOR
be  obligated  to pay over to LESSEE  more than  $1,000.00  per day of such late
completion.  LESSOR shall cause to be completed  and/or repaired such punch list
items as soon as  practicable  but in any event within sixty (60) days after the
Commencement Date, and LESSEE shall allow access to the leased premises for such
purposes.  This  Lease,  and all of the  obligation  and rights  hereunder,  are
expressly   contingent  on  LESSOR's  purchase  of  the  building  as  currently
contemplated.  In the event that LESSOR has not so purchased  the building on or
before July 15, 1999,  then either LESSEE or LESSOR may terminate  this Lease by
notice to the other,  whereupon  this Lease  shall cease and be void and without
further force or effect.

36.  EARLY  POSSESSION.  Subject to approval  by  governmental  authorities  and
LESSOR's or Owner's contractors, LESSEE may enter the leased premises not sooner
than four (4) weeks prior to the anticipated  Commencement  Date,  provided that
LESSEE does not interfere  with or delay the  completion by LESSOR or its agents
or contractors of the construction of any tenant  improvements,  for the purpose
of installing furniture,  trade fixtures,  equipment,  wiring and similar items.
Provided  that  LESSEE  has not begun  operating  its  business  from the leased
premises,  and  subject to all of the terms and  conditions  of the  Lease,  the
foregoing activity shall not constitute the delivery of possession of the leased
premises  to LESSEE and the Lease term  shall not  commence  as a result of said
activities.  Prior to entering  the leased  premises,  LESSEE  shall  obtain all
insurance it is required to obtain by the Lease and shall  provide  certificates
of said insurance to LESSOR.  LESSEE shall  coordinate  such entry with LESSOR's
construction  manager, and such entry shall be made in compliance with all terms
and conditions of this Lease and the Rules and  Regulations  attached  hereto as
EXHIBIT E.

37.  RIGHT OF FIRST  OFFER.  Subject to rights  heretofore  granted to Mediacom,
another tenant in the Building,  if during the term of this Lease LESSOR desires
to lease all or a portion of the building  not  included in the leased  premises
(the "First  Refusal  Space"),  LESSOR shall so notify LESSEE  setting forth the
terms and  conditions  on which LESSOR is willing to so lease the First  Refusal
Space,  and  including  a form of  amendment  to this  Lease,  which  terms  and
conditions   shall  reflect  (among  other  terms)   LESSOR's  then  good  faith
determination  ("LESSOR's  Designation") of the then market rental value for the
First Refusal Space (the "Expansion Rent").  LESSEE may, by giving LESSOR notice
within fifteen (15) days after receipt of LESSOR's notice,  irrevocably elect to
lease the First Refusal Space on the terms and  conditions set forth in LESSOR's
notice.  If LESSEE shall so elect,  LESSEE  shall,  with its notice of exercise,
advise LESSOR of whether LESSEE accepts or disputes  LESSOR's  Designation,  but
LESSEE's exercise shall be irrevocable nonetheless.  Failure by LESSEE to advise
LESSOR that LESSEE disputes LESSOR's  Designation  shall be conclusive  evidence
that LESSEE accepts the same. In either case,  LESSEE shall within ten (10) days
after  such  election  enter  into such  amendment  incorporating  the terms and
conditions  set forth in LESSOR's


                                       14
<PAGE>

notice.  If LESSEE shall fail to exercise  its right within such 15-day  period,
then at LESSOR's option, LESSEE shall have no further rights with respect to the
First Refusal Space,  and LESSOR shall thereafter be free to lease any or all of
the  First  Refusal  Space  to such  party or  parties,  and on such  terms  and
conditions, as LESSOR may deem appropriate. If LESSEE has exercised its right to
lease the First  Refusal  Space as herein  provided,  and  notified  LESSOR that
LESSEE  disputes  LESSOR's  Designation,  and if the Expansion Rent has not been
determined  by the day on which the First  Refusal  Space  becomes a part of the
leased  premises,  then LESSOR's  Designation  shall  (notwithstanding  LESSEE's
disagreement therewith) be deemed the Expansion Rent until the Expansion Rent is
otherwise determined pursuant to the provisions of EXHIBIT B relating to Current
Market Rent. For purposes hereof, the "Adjustment Date" referred to in EXHIBIT B
shall be the day on which the First  Refusal  Space becomes a part of the leased
premises.

38. RIGHT OF FIRST  OPPORTUNITY.  LESSOR  agrees that it will not enter into any
agreement to sell or otherwise  transfer LESSOR's interest in all or any portion
of the building (or land or facilities relating thereto) unless and until LESSOR
shall have first complied with all of the provisions of this Section.  If during
the term of this  Lease,  LESSOR  proposes or desires to sell all or any part of
the building (or land or facilities relating thereto),  LESSOR shall give LESSEE
written notice of such intention, which notice (LESSOR's Offer") shall set forth
all material  terms and  conditions of such proposed  sale  (including,  without
limitation,  the gross cash price and any payment  terms which LESSOR is willing
to accept) and shall  constitute  an offer to sell the building to LESSEE at the
gross cash price and upon the terms  stated  therein.  LESSOR's  Offer  shall be
accompanied  by a list of all tenants and  occupants  in the  building  (whether
under leases or  otherwise)  as of the date of LESSOR's  Offer.  LESSOR's  Offer
shall also be  accompanied  by a schedule  including  the size of each  tenant's
premises, the base rent and escalation reimbursements, the permitted use, length
of term and length and number of extension  and/or expansion  options.  LESSEE's
acceptance of LESSOR's Offer shall be by written notice given within thirty (30)
days following receipt of LESSOR's Offer.  LESSEE's  acceptance shall set a date
of closing not less than  fourteen  (14),  nor more than sixty (60),  days after
receipt by LESSOR of LESSEE's acceptance. It is the contemplation of the parties
that LESSOR's  Offer to LESSEE  pursuant  hereto shall be made by LESSOR in good
faith and that the offering  price will be based upon  LESSOR's  then good faith
estimate of the then fair market value of the property, and that the other terms
and  conditions  of the offer shall be in  accordance  with normal and customary
practice in the  metropolitan  Boston area.  If LESSEE fails to accept  LESSOR's
Offer within thirty (30) days of receipt, or if prior to thirty (30) days LESSEE
rejects LESSOR's Offer,  LESSOR shall be free to sell the Building to such third
party as LESSOR  may  desire  upon  terms and  conditions  not  materially  more
favorable  (I.E.,  at a  purchase  price not less than 90% of that  proposed  to
LESSEE) than those set forth in LESSOR's  Offer,  and LESSEE  shall  execute and
deliver to LESSOR,  in  recordable  form,  a  certificate  reciting  that LESSEE
received  LESSOR's Offer and rejected or failed to accept said offer.  If LESSEE
accepts  LESSOR's  Offer,  (i) LESSOR  shall  deliver  to LESSEE  copies of such
reports,  inspections,  surveys, title insurance policies and like due diligence
material as LESSOR may then have in its  possession  as to the  Property  (which
shall be kept in confidence by LESSEE,  and shall be without any  representation
or warranty whatsoever by LESSOR),  and (ii) LESSOR shall, on the date specified
in LESSEE's  notice of  acceptance,  deliver the deed  conveying the building to
LESSEE or its nominee or  assignee,  and (iii) LESSEE shall pay LESSOR the price
specified in LESSOR's  Offer,  making  payment in cash  (subject to ordinary and
customary adjustments  consistent with local conveyancing  practices).  The deed
shall  be at  least  the  equivalent  of a  so-called  "Massachusetts  statutory
quitclaim  deed," and shall convey a good and clear record and marketable  title
to the building,  free from all encumbrances  and  restrictions  except (a) this
lease; (b) the existing tenancies; (c) provisions of local zoning laws and other
laws,  codes and ordinances  then in effect;  (d)


                                       15
<PAGE>

such real  estate  taxes for the current tax year as are not yet due and payable
on the date of the  delivery of the deed;  (e) liens for  municipal  betterments
assessed after the mailing of lessee's acceptance of LESSOR's Offer; and (f) any
other  encumbrance  or restriction  which LESSEE  accepts by written  instrument
delivered to LESSOR at the time of the delivery of the deed.

39.  TITLE/AUTHORITY.  (i) LESSOR  represents and warrants to LESSEE that, as of
the Commencement Date, the only liens and encumbrances  affecting LESSOR's title
to the  property  of which the  leased  premises  are a part shall be (x) as set
forth on Schedule B of the owner's  title  policy to be issued by Chicago  Title
Insurance Policy in accordance with Commitment No. 22 0066 106 00000463, and (y)
such other liens and  encumbrances  as LESSOR may advise LESSEE between the date
hereof and the Commencement  Date (none of which shall adversely affect LESSEE's
rights and occupancy hereunder);  and (ii) LESSEE and LESSOR each represents and
warrants  to the other that each  person  executing  this Lease on such  party's
behalf has full right and authority to do so, and that all requisite actions and
approvals have been taken or obtained, as the case may be.

IN WITNESS  WHERE OF, LESSOR and LESSEE have hereunto set their hands and common
seals and intend to be legally bound hereby this 17th day of June, 1999.

LESSOR:                                       LESSEE

                                              Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc.


By:                                           By:  /s/ Louis P. Valente
   --------------------------                    -------------------------------
                                                 Its President
                                                 Print Name:  Louis P. Valente

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A

                                    PREMISES


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B

                                  RENT/EXPENSES

         DATES                               RENT PER MONTH
         -----                               --------------

         Years 1-5                           $74,049.16
         Years 6-10                          $81,454.09

         OPTION

         Years 11-15                         * (See Extension Term)

The foregoing  calculations  are based on the following  bases: (i) the rent for
years 1-5 is  computed at $20.00 per  rentable  square foot of first floor space
and $10.00 per rentable square foot for below grade space; and (ii) the rent for
years 1-5 is  computed at $22.00 per  rentable  square foot of first floor space
and $10.00 per rentable square foot for below grade space.

* EXTENSION  TERM:  Provided  that LESSEE is not in default of any of the Terms,
Covenants  and  Conditions  of this Lease  (beyond the  expiration of applicable
notice and grace periods) at the time LESSEE exercises such right or at the time
of the expiration of the Term,  LESSEE shall have the right to one (1) extension
term of five (5) years in addition to the period of the Term  described  in this
Lease.  Said right to extension  term shall be exercised by LESSEE if at all, by
written  notice  received by LESSOR not later than nine (9) months  prior to the
expiration of the original term,  time being of the essence with respect to such
notice. Not more than 45 days prior to the last day on which LESSEE may exercise
its extension option as herein  provided,  LESSEE may request that LESSOR advise
LESSEE of LESSOR's then good faith  determination  ("LESSOR's  Designation")  of
then Current Market Rent for the leased premises.  LESSOR shall,  within 30 days
after  receipt of LESSEE's  request,  give LESSOR's  Designation  of the Current
Market Rent for the extension  term. In the event LESSEE does exercise its right
to the  extension  term,  then such notice shall be  irrevocable  and (i) LESSEE
shall,  with its notice of exercise,  advise LESSOR of whether LESSEE accepts or
disputes  LESSOR's  Designation,  and (ii) all Terms and  Conditions  herein set
forth shall  continue to apply during the extension  term,  except that (a) Base
Rent shall increase as indicated below and (b) LESSEE shall have no right to any
additional extension term.

Provided that LESSEE  notifies LESSOR of its exercise of the extension term, the
Base Rent  shall be  determined  on the basis of  ninety-five  (95%)  percent of
Current  Market Rent.  If LESSEE shall not have advised  LESSOR that it contests
LESSOR's Designation,  the Current Market Rent shall be as set forth in LESSOR's
Designation.  If LESSEE has duly contested LESSOR's  Designation and the Current
Rent shall not have been  determined  prior to the extension term  commencement,
then  LESSOR's   Designation  shall   (notwithstanding   LESSEE's   disagreement
therewith) be deemed  Current Market Rent until Current Market Rent is otherwise
determined  pursuant  to  applicable  provisions  of this  paragraph.  On  final
determination of Current Market Rent, if such  determination  would be the basis
on which Base Rent is to be paid,  retroactive adjustment shall be made in order
to give it effect to the  determination  of Current  Market Rent. The Adjustment
Date shall be the first day of the extension term.

CURRENT MARKET RENT: The phrase  "Current Market Rent" shall mean the rental and
all other  monetary  payments  and  escalations  that LESSOR could obtain from a
third party desiring to lease space in the Greater Boston Suburban Office Market
as of the Adjustment Date,  taking into account the type of building,  the size,
location and floor levels and then condition of the leased premises, the quality
of  construction  of the  building  and

<PAGE>

of the leased  premises,  the  services  provided  under the terms of the Lease,
including without limitation any special rights hereunder, the rental then being
attained  for new  Leases of space  comparable  to the  leased  premises  in the
Greater  Boston  Suburban  Office  Market  and all other  factors  that would be
relevant  to a third  party  desiring  to lease the  leased  premises;  provided
however that no reduction, deduction or allowance for the construction of lessee
improvements shall be taken into account in determining  Current Market Rent. In
the event that within sixty (60) days prior to the  Adjustment  Date the parties
hereto shall not have agreed in writing (or to be deemed to have agreed pursuant
to the preceding  paragraphs) as to the Current  Market Rent,  each party shall,
within  thirty (30) days  thereafter  appoint an  appraiser.  Each  appraiser so
appointed  shall be instructed  to determine  independently  the Current  Market
Rent. If the  difference  between the amounts so  determined by such  appraisers
shall not  exceed ten  percent  (10%) of the  lesser of such  amounts,  then the
Current Market Rent shall be an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the total
of the  amounts  so  determined.  If  the  difference  between  the  amounts  so
determined  shall exceed ten percent (10%) of the lesser of such  amounts,  then
such two (2) appraisers  shall have ten (10) days  thereafter to appoint a third
appraiser, but if such appraisers fail to do so within such ten (10) day period,
then either LESSOR or LESSEE may request the American Arbitration Association or
any successor  organization thereto to appoint an appraiser within ten (10) days
of such request, and both LESSOR and LESSEE shall be bound by any appointment so
made  within  such ten (10) day  period.  If no such  appraiser  shall have been
appointed  within  such ten (10) days  either  LESSOR or LESSEE may apply to any
court  having  jurisdiction  to have such  appointment  made by such court.  Any
appraiser  appointed by the  original  appraisers,  by the American  Arbitration
Association or by such court shall be instructed to determine the Current Market
Rent in accordance with the definition of such term contained  herein and within
twenty (20) days after its appointment.  If the third appraisal shall exceed the
higher of the first two appraisals,  the Current Market Rent shall be the higher
of the first two  appraisals;  if the third  appraisal is less than the lower of
the first two  appraisals,  the  Current  Market  Rent shall be the lower of the
first two appraisals. In all other cases, the Current market Rent shall be equal
to the third appraisal. All such determinations of the Current Market Rent shall
be final and binding  upon LESSOR and LESSEE as the Current  Market Rent for the
Adjustment Date.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if either party shall fail to
appoint its appraiser within the 30 day period specified above (such party being
referred to herein as the "failing party"),  the other party may serve notice on
the failing party  requiring  the failing party to appoint its appraiser  within
then (10) days of the giving of such  notice.  If the  failing  party  shall not
respond by  appointment  of its appraiser  within said ten day period,  then the
appraiser  appointed  by the  other  party  shall  be the sole  appraiser  whose
determination  of the Current Market Rent shall be binding and  conclusive  upon
LESSEE and LESSOR.

This provision for determination by appraisal shall be specifically  enforceable
to  the  extent  such  remedy  is  available  under   applicable  law,  and  any
determination  hereunder  shall be final and binding upon the parties  except as
otherwise  provided  by  applicable  law.  Each party shall pay for the fees and
expenses  of the  appraiser  appointed  by it, but the fees and  expenses of the
third appraiser shall be shared equally by the parties. All appraisers appointed
hereunder shall be MAI appraisers, so-called.


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT C

                             PLANS & SPECIFICATIONS

Work Letter - Enclosed pages 21-34

Construction  Drawings created by Visnick & Caulfield dated 5/27/99 incorporated
by reference

        Drawing Number A-1 Partition Plan

        Drawing  Number A-2 Power and  Tel/Data  Plan (as amended for moving one
        electrical and data outlet and adding 15 data outlets)

        Drawing Number A-3 Reflected Ceiling Plan

        Drawing  Number A-4 Finish Plan (as amended for using higher grade 32 oz
        carpet in board room,  corner  meeting room and CEO office;  stone floor
        within entire  reception area;  additional  changes from carpet to vinyl
        flooring as indicated)

        Drawing Number A-5  Elevations,  Door/Frame/Hardware,  Door Schedule (as
        amended  for adding  cabinet  and fake drawer  below  cooktop  stove and
        raising electrical outlet)

        Drawing Number A-6 Details

        Drawing Number A-7 Details

In the case of any conflicts between the work letter and the drawings,  the work
letter shall supercede the drawings.


                       PALOMAR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

             WORK LETTER FOR 80-82 CAMBRIDGE STREET, BURLINGTON, MA

                                  JUNE 17, 1999

AREA:           Approximately  44,000  RSF  located  on  the  East  side  of the
                building and 859 RSF on the Lower Level of the building.

ENTRANCES:      Entrances will be as follows:

                o       One (1) entrance  (existing)  on  Cambridge  Street with
                        white  columns.  This  entrance  needs to be  fully  ADA
                        compliant  and  also  requires  the  installation  of  a
                        doorbell  which  will  ring in both the  left and  right
                        corridors  off the  Reception  area beyond the  interior
                        glass doors in each corridor (meaning in the office area
                        of each corridor).

                o       One  (1)  side  employee  entrance  glass  door  with  a
                        doorbell,  which will ring in both the Loading Docks and
                        Receiving areas.

EXTERIOR:       Installation of a concrete dumpster pad capable of accommodating
                a thirty (30) cubic yard roll off  container  and placed next to
                the loading dock in a location suitable to Palomar.

WINDOWS:        One (1) large  French door sized  paired  window,  1"  insulated
                green glass in green frames to match existing to be installed in
                the Controller's  Office as indicated on the floor plan. Two (2)
                continuous 1" insulated green ribbon glass in green frames to be
                removed for two (2) loading docks.

                One (1) pyramid style  skylight to be installed in the reception
                area as indicated on the floor plan (at Palomar expense).

                Perimeter  vertical  blinds with 3" vinyl blades to be installed
                on all exterior  windows.  Also, the same vertical  blinds to be
                installed on the Board Room 1/2 height glass wall.

                Interior glass panels as shown on the floor plan to be installed
                as  follows:  three  (3) 1/2  height  X 6'  glass  panels  to be
                installed in walls of the R&D and Optics  Assembly  Clean Rooms;
                1/2  height  glass in the Board Room wall  facing the  Reception
                Area glass.

PARTITIONS:     Partitions to be installed as follows:

                o Type 1 - Partitions  at exterior  wall:  3-5/8" 25 gauge steel
                studs at 16" O.C.  (existing),  1 layer 5/8"  gypsum  wallboard.
                Wallboard to be taped and spackled.  The inside of walls to have
                appropriate fiberglass insulation and a vapor barrier (existing)
                Height  of  partition  to  underside  of  existing   slab  above
                (existing).
<PAGE>

                o  Type  2 -  Partitions  at  core  toilets,  mechanical  rooms,
                sprinkler rooms,  electrical  rooms,  Loading Docks, R&D Machine
                Shop and tenant  demising:  3-5/8" 25 gauge  steel  studs at 16"
                O.C., 1 layer 5/8" gypsum  wallboard.  Wallboard to be taped and
                spackled.  The  inside of walls,  excluding  the walls  abutting
                hallways,  to receive 3" of  fiberglass  insulation  (at Palomar
                expense).  Height of partition  to  underside  of existing  slab
                above.

                o Type 3 - Partitions  for standard  interior  walls:  3-5/8" 25
                gauge  steel studs at 16" O.C.,  1 layer 5/8" gypsum  wallboard.
                Wallboard  to be  taped  and  spackled.  The  inside  of  walls,
                excluding  the  walls  abutting  hallways,   to  receive  3"  of
                fiberglass insulation (at Palomar expense).  Height of partition
                to exceed ceiling height by 6".

                o Type 4 - Partitions  for interior  walls in the Test Bay Area:
                3-5/8" 25 gauge  steel  studs at 16" O.C.,  1 layer 5/8"  gypsum
                wallboard.  Wallboard  to be taped and  spackled.  The inside of
                walls,  excluding the walls abutting hallways,  to receive 3" of
                fiberglass insulation (at Palomar expense).  Height of partition
                to underside of  acoustical  tile ceiling (10') to under ceiling
                grid.  GWB  detail at  ceiling to be double row foam tape at top
                runner with  continuous  metal casing bead (USG#  200-B)  having
                spackled finish.

                Partitions  to  include:  window  sills;  "boxing" of columns in
                office areas;  "special"  round enclosure of column in reception
                area as shown on floor  plan;  "special"  ceiling  treatment  in
                reception  area  to  accommodate  pyramid  skylight  and  accent
                lighting (at Palomar expense);  and full height chain link fence
                with  sliding  gates (to be  installed  from  floor  slab to the
                underside of ceiling above) as shown on floor plan.

BATHROOMS:      Men's and women's  bathrooms  with showers will be  constructed.
                The bathrooms will be  constructed  with separate air supply and
                exhaust  directly to the outside and will  include all  bathroom
                fixtures and all accessories such as mirrors, toilet partitions,
                toilet  tissue  dispensers,  paper  towel  dispensers,  sanitary
                napkin  dispensers,  soap  dispensers.  The bathrooms  will also
                include  GFI  outlets  at the sinks and coat hooks on the shower
                walls and on the toilet  partition doors. The bathrooms shall be
                fully ADA compliant.
<PAGE>

PLUMBING:       Fixtures  will  be  installed  in  the  bathrooms,  showers  and
                janitor's  closet  as  shown  on  floor  plan  and  shall be ADA
                compliant.  Break Room water  cooler  shall be  installed  where
                shown on floor plan.

                Provision for and  installation of appropriate  plumbing for all
                appliances in the Break Room requiring plumbing.  The appliances
                include a kitchen  stainless  steel  "double"  sink with hot and
                cold water faucets and spray; piping for a coffee machine; a 1/2
                HP  garbage  disposal;  a  dishwasher  (to  be  supplied  by the
                contractor); and one (1) water filter to be placed in a location
                as designated by Palomar.

                In the  production  and  laboratory  areas,  eight (8) sinks (of
                which  the  rough  plumbing  and  final  connections  will be at
                contractor  expense and the  provision  of the sinks in laminate
                cabinet  units  will be at  Palomar  expense)  with hot and cold
                water  faucets  and placed in three (3)  proximate  areas of the
                building (to  facilitate  stacking of common piping) as shown on
                floor plan.

                Sufficient  domestic  hot water  heating and  plumbing  shall be
                installed  to supply  an  adequate  hot water  supply to all the
                above  fixtures  with the  final  engineering  calculations  and
                design to be reviewed by Palomar before installation.

GAS:            Gas service via Boston Gas is installed and will be piped to all
                units  requiring  gas.  At  least  two  (2) gas  meters  will be
                installed to enable gas to be metered separately for Palomar and
                as needed for the other tenant in the building .

ELECTRICAL:     Three phase 480 volt,  2,000 amp electrical  service provided by
                Boston Edison to one (1)  electrical  panel.  At least three (3)
                electric  meters will be installed to enable  electricity  to be
                metered  separately  for Palomar's  HVAC,  Palomar's  lights and
                plugs and as needed for the other tenant in the building.  Also,
                a device to  measure  Palomar's  lights  and plugs  usage in the
                manufacturing  area for audit  purposes as designated by Palomar
                to be installed (at Palomar expense).
<PAGE>

                The distribution of electrical outlets will be as follows:

                          GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS

                o Enclosed offices,  small meeting rooms (10' X 12'), file room,
                etc.  - Three (3)  duplex  20 amp  outlets  per room.

                o  Paneled  workstations  and  individual  work  desks - Two (2)
                duplex 20 amp  outlets per  workstation.  The outlets at paneled
                workstations to be included as Palomar furniture.  Contractor to
                make all final connections.

                o Large meeting rooms - Four (4) duplex 20 amp outlets per room.

                o Corridors - One (1) duplex 20 amp outlet per 30 linear feet of
                corridor space.

                o  Copier/Printer  areas - Either one (1) quad or two (2) duplex
                20 amp outlets per area.

                o All storage rooms,  Supply, and Sprinkler & Electrical rooms -
                Two (2) duplex 20 amp outlets per room.

                           SPECIFIC ROOM REQUIREMENTS

                o Type 1 - 110/115 volt 20 amp with duplex outlet

                o Type 2 - 110/115 volt 20 amp with quad outlet

                o Type 3 - 110/115 volt 20 amp duplex outlet dedicated circuit

                o Type 4 - 220 volt 30 amp  single  phase  outlet  with  lockout
                switch

                o Type 5 - 220 volt 30 amp 50 Hz outlet with lockout switch

                o Type 6 - 220 volt 50 amp 3 phase outlet with lockout switch

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               TYPE 1     TYPE 2     TYPE 3     TYPE 4     TYPE 5     TYPE 6
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
                LOCATION:
<S>                                        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
R&D OPTICAL SHOP                                           4          2
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
R&D ELECTRICAL SHOP                            4           2          2          2          1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
R&D MACHINE SHOP                                           7          2          2                     2
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
R&D LAB 1                                                  6          1          2
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
R&D LAB 2                                                  6          2          2
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
R&D LAB 3                                                  6          1          2
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
R&D LAB 4                                                  6          1          2
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
R&D LAB 5                                                  6          1          2
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
R&D MGH LAB                                                6          1          2
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
ENG. LAB 1                                                 6          1          2          1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
ENG. LAB 2                                                 6          1          2          1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
ENG. LAB 3                                                 6          1          2          1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TBD LAB                                                    6          1          2
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TRAINING ROOM                                              6          1          2
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
MFG. MECH. & ELEC. LAB                         4           2                     1          1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
DEPOT REPAIR                                   4           2          1          2
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

<PAGE>
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
DOCUMENTATION                                  8           2
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TEST BAY 1                                     1           2                     1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TEST BAY 2                                     1           2                     1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TEST BAY 3                                                 2                     1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TEST BAY 4                                                 2                     1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TEST BAY 5                                                 2                     1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TEST BAY 6                                                 2                     1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TEST BAY 7                                                 2                     1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TEST BAY 8                                                 2                     1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TEST BAY 9                                     1           2                     1          1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TEST BAY 10                                    1           2                     1          1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TEST BAY 11                                    1           2                     1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TEST BAY 12                                    1           2                     1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
OPTICS ASSEMBLY ROOM                           16                                1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
R & D CLEAN ROOM                               5
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
CHASSIS & SUB ASSEMBLY                                     8                     3
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
MAIN STORES                                                5
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
QA INSPECTION                                              4
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
MRB                                                        1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
RECEIVING                                                  3
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
FINISHED GOODS                                             3
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
LOADING DOCK                                   4
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
BREAK ROOM                                     10
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TEL ROOM                                                   2
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
IS MGR.                                        6           3
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
BOARD ROOM                                     3           2
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
SALES/MARKETING DEMO ROOM                      4           2                     2
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
RECEPTION                                      4           1
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
COPY/FAX/MAIL                                  4           2
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
EXERCISE ROOM                                              4
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
BATHROOM                                       4
- ------------------------------------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TOTAL                                          86         149        19         47          7          2
</TABLE>


                Additional outlet requirements will be as follows:

                o Break  Room  will  require  four  (4)  GFI (of the 10  outlets
                specified  above)  duplex  outlets  along  counter  top  and  an
                electric stove outlet as required by the stove manufacturer.

                o Bathroom  will  require GFI outlets (2 per each side).  o Deck
                will require two (2) outside/protected GFI duplex outlets.
<PAGE>

                The distribution of electrical circuits will be as follows:

                          GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS

                o Lighting  circuits will be distributed as per good engineering
                practice and reviewed with Palomar before installation.

                o Enclosed  offices,  meeting rooms, file room, etc. - Three (3)
                rooms per circuit.  o Paneled  workstations  and individual work
                desks - Four (4) workstations per circuit.

                o Corridors - Ten (10) outlets per circuit.

                o Copier areas - One (1) area per circuit.

                o All storage rooms,  Supply, and Sprinkler & Electrical rooms -
                Ten (10) outlets per circuit.

                           SPECIFIC ROOM REQUIREMENTS

                o Type 1 & 2 (20 amp circuits) unless otherwise stated below not
                to exceed 20 plugs (5 quads or 10 duplex) per circuit.

                o Type 3 each duplex outlet to be on a dedicated circuit.

                o Type 4 & 6 not to exceed two (2) plugs per circuit.

                o Type 5 to  require  two (2) 50 Hz  generators  and to be split
                into  two  (2)  circuits.  One  circuit  will  have  the R&D and
                Engineering  Lab  outlets  (totaling  4  outlets)  and the other
                circuit will have the Mfg. Mech. & Elect.  Lab and Test Bays 9 &
                10 (totaling 3 outlets).

                o The  Exercise  Room  will have two (2)  circuits  (2 quads per
                circuit).

                o Break  Room to require  one (1)  circuit  for each  individual
                appliance (each refrigerator, dishwasher, double oven, and stove
                top),  one (1)  circuit  for the  vending  machines  and two (2)
                circuits for the remaining outlets.

                o IS Mgr will  have  three (3)  circuits  (2 duplex & 1 quad per
                circuit).

                o Tel Room will have one (1) circuit for both quad outlets.

                Switches to be located as per Palomar direction  maintaining ADA
                compliance. All light switches to be flat rocker style switches.
                All dimmer switches to be lever style switches.

                The Chassis and Sub Assembly areas will require two (2) overhead
                bus bars running the length of the entire area.

                Electrical to also include the purchase and installation on a 8'
                X 10' flush ceiling  mounted  electrically  operated  projection
                screen  for the Board Room (to be  purchased  and  installed  at
                Palomar expense);  and the coordination of voice & data cabling,
                paging and cable for cable television (the installation costs of
                these items at Palomar expense).
<PAGE>

LIGHTING:       The lighting will be as follows:

                o Type 1 - One (1) 2' X 4' fluorescent  fixture with 1/2" X 1/2"
                paracube lenses per 60 square feet of enclosed offices, Exercise
                Room,   Bathrooms,   all  meeting  rooms,   Coat  Room  and  the
                Copy/fax/mail  area  (except the Board Room,  CEO Office and the
                Corner Meeting Room).  In place of the above paracube  fixtures,
                equivalent  indirect  lighting  fixtures are to be installed (at
                Palomar  expense for the premium cost of the  indirect  lighting
                fixtures over paracube fixtures).

                o Type 2 - One (1) 2' X 4" fluorescent fixture with solid lenses
                per 60 square  feet of  enclosed  space  for all  labs,  all R&D
                shops,  Optics Assembly Room, the R&D Clean Room, all Test Bays,
                Depot Repair,  Training Room, all Storage Rooms,  Supply and all
                Electrical & Sprinkler rooms. R& D Clean Room to be "clean room"
                fixtures  (at  Palomar  expense  for the  premium  of clean room
                fixtures over standard solid lense fixtures).

                o Type 3 - One (1) 2' X 4' fluorescent fixture with solid lenses
                per  80  square  feet  of  all  remaining  open  production  and
                caged/chain  link  fenced  space  and  loading  dock  (including
                corridors in those areas).

                o Type 4 - One (1) 2' X 4' fluorescent  fixture with 1/2" X 1/2"
                paracube lenses per 80 square feet of remaining office space and
                Break Room  (including  paneled  workstations  and  corridors in
                those  areas).   In  place  of  the  above  paracube   fixtures,
                equivalent  indirect  lighting  fixtures are to be installed (at
                Palomar  expense for the premium cost of the  indirect  lighting
                fixtures over paracube fixtures).

                o Type 5 - One (1) 2' X 2' fluorescent  fixture with 1/2" X 1/2"
                paracube  lenses per 60 square feet of space for the Board Room,
                CEO office and the Corner Meeting Room, (at Palomar  expense for
                the premium cost in excess of the Type 1 lighting  fixture).  In
                place  of  the  above  paracube  fixtures,  equivalent  indirect
                lighting  fixtures are to be installed  (at Palomar  expense for
                the premium cost of the indirect lighting fixtures over paracube
                fixtures).


                o Type 6 - Special Lighting requirements:

                1.  Incandescent  red  lights  (60  watt) in  globes  as a laser
                warning light above every lab, Test Bay, Training,  Depot Repair
                and  Sales/Marketing  Demo Room entrance  doorway to be switched
                with an  indicator  light on each  switch at each door for these
                rooms.  Switches to be linked such that turning on one switch in
                a  room  will  activate  all  room  laser  warning   lights  and
                indicators.
<PAGE>

                2. Two (2) outdoor  spot lights to be located  outside the Break
                Room to  illuminate  the Deck with the switch in the Break Room.

                3.  Interior  spot  lights to be located in the  Reception  area
                ceiling for accent and general lighting.

                4. Interior "high hat" ceiling lights (at Palomar expense) to be
                located in the Board Room  ceiling as  detailed  under  "SPECIAL
                AREAS"  and three (3)  interior  high hat  ceiling  lights to be
                installed on a single dimmer switch in each of the large meeting
                rooms (4 rooms in total).

                All fluorescent fixtures to be 277 volts and approved by Palomar
                before installation.

HVAC:           The building will be heated and cooled by rooftop mounted units,
                gas fired,  packaged air handling units with integral air-cooled
                condensing units so as to provide sufficient heating and cooling
                distribution and controls shall be installed in all areas as per
                good engineering  practice so as to maintain 68 degrees F in the
                summer  and 72  degrees  F in the  winter  in all  areas  of the
                building  in full  use and  occupancy.  Temperature/thermostatic
                controls  in  all  areas  shall  be   distributed  to  meet  the
                requirements stated above.

                It  should  be  noted,  that in any room in which a laser can be
                fired  (every  lab,  all Test  Bays,  Training  Room  and  Depot
                Repair),  the laser  generates  20,000 BTU's per hour.  As such,
                special  care must be taken in  designing  the HVAC  system  for
                these rooms to both exhaust the heat and provide  sufficient air
                flow & cooling.

                A total of four (4) adjacent labs (2 in R&D and 2 in Engineering
                to be  specified by Palomar) and four (4) Test Bays (Test Bays 7
                - 10) will be designated as "burn in capable". "Burn in capable"
                shall  mean that these labs must be able to handle the full heat
                load  (20,000  BTU's per hour) for up to twenty four (24) hours.
                These areas will require  individual  room controlled air supply
                dampers that will allow each room to be supplied  with up to 800
                CFM of air. In addition,  each room will require  forced  ducted
                exhaust to the outside of the building.

                The  standard  for all other  labs,  all other Test Bays,  Depot
                Repair and  Training  Room  shall be at a minimum  1/2 the above
                requirement (10,000 BTU's per hour).  However,  these areas will
                require  individual room controlled air supply dampers that will
                allow  each room to be  supplied  with up to 800 CFM of air.  In
                addition,  each of these  rooms will  require  an  exhaust  (not
                forced to the outside as in the "burn in capable" rooms).
<PAGE>

                Supply  air to all  labs,  Training  Room,  all  assembly  areas
                (including  the  Optics  Assembly,   Chassis  Assembly  and  Sub
                Assembly), Depot Repair, Training Room and all Test Bays must be
                distributed such that supply air filters can be changed as often
                as required and upgraded as needed.

                The R&D Clean Room (at Palomar  expense for the premium  cost in
                excess  of a lab  build  out)  must be able to  achieve  a Class
                10,000 level of clean room  performance (as per Federal Standard
                209E and  applicable  ISO  standards).  As such,  this room will
                require HEPA filter(s) on the supply air and all other necessary
                construction requirements to meet certification testing.

                The  distribution  of  supply  air and  temperature/thermostatic
                controls in all other areas (ie. offices, meeting rooms, paneled
                workstations,  etc.) shall be as per good  engineering  practice
                and sufficient to meet the temperature  standards  listed above.
                Please  note  that  the  IS  Manager's   room  will  contain  12
                PC's/Servers and be able to run 24 hours each day.

                Treated  (heated  and/or  cooled) fresh air will be supplied per
                the Massachusetts  Building Code and ASHRAE  guidelines,  and an
                economizer  cycle will be provided.  The system shall be capable
                of  providing  100%  fresh air  intake.  External  venting to be
                provided for two (2) exhaust  hoods to be placed in locations by
                Palomar.

FIRE PROTECTION: A fire  protection   system  including  all  devices  shall  be
                installed as per all state and local  requirements.  This system
                shall include a main fire alarm panel,  all  signaling  devices,
                exit  signs,   emergency  egress  lighting,   fire  extinguisher
                cabinets  with fire  extinguishers  and fire hose  cabinets with
                fire hose (if required by code). A capped  sprinkler system with
                heads  turned  up  (existing)  and  all  downward  turned  heads
                distributed  throughout  the  entire  area will be  provided  in
                accordance with applicable code requirements.

SECURITY:       A card access  security  system shall be  installed.  The system
                shall  include  a main  control  panel,  card key  swipes at all
                entrance  doors and either room motion  detection  or  perimeter
                glass sensors to fully secure the perimeter of the building. The
                system shall include  security devices on the loading dock doors
                and the lower level doors.  Palomar  shall be supplied  with 150
                card  keys  and  the  ability  to be able to  program  card  key
                changes.
<PAGE>

CEILINGS:       Suspended  acoustical  ceilings shall be installed in all areas.
                The  ceiling  height  in all  areas  except  the  Reception  and
                caged/chain  link  fenced  area will be 10' and  shall  enable a
                finished  soffit  above  front  windows  of at least  6". In the
                caged/chain link fence area, the ceiling height shall be as high
                as possible.  See "SPECIAL AREAS" listed below for the Reception
                Area ceiling.

                Ceiling tile in all labs,  R&D Clean Room,  the Optics  Assembly
                Room,  all  Test  Bays,  Training  and  Depot  Repair,  will  be
                installed in a 2' X 4' grid with 2' X 4' flat  acoustical  vinyl
                coated tiles.

                Ceiling  tile in all other  assembly,  R&D shops,  electrical  &
                sprinkler rooms, all Storage Rooms,  Supply and caged/chain link
                fence areas,  Loading Docks and including all related  corridors
                will be installed in a 2' X 4' grid with 2' X 4' flat acoustical
                tiles.

                Ceiling tile in all offices (including File Room, Interview Room
                TBD rooms),  all paneled  workstation  areas,  all meeting rooms
                (including the Sales/Marketing  Demo Room), related common areas
                (including  Bathrooms,  Exercise  Room,  Reception,  Break Room,
                Coats  and   Copy/Fax/Mail),   and  related  corridors  will  be
                installed in a 2' X 4' grid with 2' X 4' acoustical, second look
                (Fissuard) tiles.

DOORS & HARDWARE: All doors are to have metal frames  and are to be 3' wide X 7'
                high X 1 3/4"  solid  core birch  veneer  finished  with two (2)
                coats of stain and two (2) coats of clear polyurethane. Hardware
                will be ADA compliant  Schlage or comparable,  dull chrome.  All
                locks  will be on a master  key system and will be placed on all
                external doors,  all  caged/chain  link fence gates and 30 other
                internal  doors to be  determined  by Palomar.  Palomar  will be
                provided  with two keys per each lock and five (5)  master  keys
                with appropriate submasters at Palomar's direction(submasters at
                Palomar expense).

                Additional door related hardware to be as follows:

                1. Floor door stops on all appropriate doors.

                2. Coat hooks on interior of office doors.

                3. Door  closers for the two (2) R&D Clean Room  entrance  doors
                (at Palomar expense).

                4. Ten (10) door  glass  vision  panels to be placed in the four
                (4) large  meeting  room  entrance  doors,  Break Room  entrance
                doors,  and the door  between  the R&D office  and Sub  Assembly
                areas (at Palomar expense for the glass vision panel only).
<PAGE>

FLOORING:       Flooring  for  all  office  areas,  paneled  workstation  areas,
                Exercise Room, all meeting rooms,  Sales/Marketing Demo room and
                related  corridors (except as noted below under "SPECIAL AREAS")
                shall be 32 oz.  carpet of usual  commercial  cut loop type with
                manufacturer and style to be approved by Palomar.

                Flooring in the Break Room,  all enclosed R&D areas  (except the
                R&D machine shop), all enclosed Engineering areas, the R&D Clean
                Room,  Optics Assembly Room, TBD Lab,  Training,  all Test Bays,
                Depot Repair, Mfg. Mech./Elect. Lab, Documentation, IS Mgr., Tel
                room and related corridors shall be vinyl tile with the style to
                be approved by Palomar.

                Flooring in all remaining  areas including the R&D Machine Shop,
                all caged/chain  link fenced areas,  loading docks,  chassis and
                sub assembly areas,  mechanical/electrical/sprinkler rooms to be
                painted with a polyurethane  paint including  walkway paths with
                the product and colors to be approved by Palomar.

                Ceramic tile will be on all floors and the wet areas of the core
                toilets, showers and the janitor's closet.

                The  Reception  Area shall  require the  installation  of higher
                grade  flooring (to be approved by Palomar).  (Should any higher
                grade  flooring be installed,  the premium cost of that flooring
                over higher grade carpet to be at Palomar expense.)

                Vinyl cove base shall be installed in all areas.

PAINT:          All walls to be  finished  with one (1) coat of latex quick seal
                primer  and two (2)  coats  of  Benjamin  Moore  Spec.  No.  2-3
                (eggshell  finish  latex  base).  All door frames to be finished
                with one (1) coat latex  quick seal  primer and two (2) coats of
                Benjamin  Moore  or  comparable   Spec.   No.  4-6   (semi-gloss
                finish/alkyd base).

LOADING DOCKS:  Installation  of two (2) loading  docks as per floor  plan.  The
                installation to include all related fixtures including two (2)
                electrically  operated  dock  doors,  two (2) dock  levelers,  a
                single ceiling mounted  heating/forced air unit and all exterior
                treatments  such as dock  bumpers,  leveling of pavement in dock
                area and pavement striping.
<PAGE>

LOWER           LEVEL: Lower Level to be built out as follows:

                o Clean exposed ceiling.

                o Florescent strip lighting.

                o All walls painted (as per above specification).

                o  All   flooring   to  be  painted   concrete   (as  per  above
                specification).  o  Electrical  outlets to be  installed  as per
                corridor specification above.

                o Entrance to storage area to be an overhead  rolling door and a
                single door.

                o HVAC  system  distribution  and  controls  able to maintain 60
                degrees F in winter.

MILLWORK:       Millwork to be provided and installed as follows:

                o Break Room - Kitchen  cabinets  above and below a counter  top
                (containing the sink) placed as shown on floor plan.

                o  Copy/Fax/Mail  - Counter  top placed  along walls as shown on
                floor plan with shelves above and locked cabinets below.

                o Coats - A coat rack with  shelf  above as  indicated  on floor
                plan.

SPECIAL AREAS:  The following areas will be finished accordingly:

                o Board Room:

                1.      2' X 2'  suspended  ceiling  grid  with  2' X 2'  raised
                        ceiling tiles.

                2.      Four  (4)  incandescent   "high  hat"  ceiling  fixtures
                        controlled  by  one  (1)  dimmer  circuits  (at  Palomar
                        expense).

                3.      Flush mounted electrically  operated 8' X 10' projection
                        screen (at Palomar expense).

                4.      Higher grade carpet.

                5.      Vertical  blinds on all glass as shown on floor plan.

                6.      6" of fiberglass  insulation  to be installed  above the
                        ceiling tiles (at Palomar expense).

                7.      Installation  of wall mounted  "white board" unit (to be
                        supplied by Palomar).
<PAGE>

                o Corner  Meeting  Room (12' X 20'  meeting  room in front  left
                corner of the building):

                1.      2' X 2'  suspended  ceiling  grid  with  2' X 2'  raised
                        ceiling tiles.

                2.      Higher grade carpet.

                o CEO Office:

                1.      2' X 2'  suspended  ceiling  grid  with  2' X 2'  raised
                        ceiling tiles.

                2.      Higher grade carpet.

                o Break Room -  Millwork  (as  detailed  under  "MILLWORK")  and
                double sink unit as shown on floor plan; the installation of all
                appliances as shown on the floor plan;  one (1) double  exterior
                glass  door;  and  deck at the same  floor  height  as  interior
                flooring with railing as shown on floor plan.

                o  Reception -  incandescent  accent and  general  lighting,  as
                specified previously under "LIGHTING"; special ceiling treatment
                to  accommodate  pyramid  skylight  (at  Palomar  expense),   as
                specified  previously  under  "WINDOWS";  special  flooring,  as
                specified previously under "FLOORING".

WATER/SEWER:    Water and sewer provided by the Town of Burlington. All required
                plumbing connections to be installed as per applicable codes and
                Town of Burlington requirements.

ROOF:           Schuller  rubber  membrane  roof  (existing).  All required roof
                penetrations to be done in accordance with Schuller requirements
                so as to not effect in any way the roof warranty.

GENERAL:        All colors to be selected by Palomar.

Y2K:            All  products,   equipment,  and  systems  (including  hardware,
                software  and  embedded  chips)  incorporated  into  or  used in
                connection with this site shall be year 2000 compliant, that is,
                the  products or systems,  independently  and when  incorporated
                into  this  site,  will be  capable  of  accurately  processing,
                providing and/or receiving date data prior to, during,  or after
                the calendar year 2000 a.d. Such year 2000  compliant  products,
                equipment, and systems:

                1.      Will operate  during such time period  without  error of
                        any  nature   relating  to  date  data  that   includes,
                        represents,  or references the year 2000 or later years,
                        or resulting from the passage of time from the year 1999
                        to the year 2000;

                2.      Will  not  terminate  ordinary  operations  nor  produce
                        invalid  or  incorrect  results as a result of date data
                        that  includes,  represents or references the year 1999,
                        the year 2000 or later  years,  or the  passage  of time
                        from the year 1999 to the year 2000;
<PAGE>

                3.      Will specify the year in any date data either explicitly
                        or by unambiguous implication in all interfaces and data
                        storage; and

                4.      Will recognize and correctly process year 2000 date data
                        as a leap year.


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT D

                              JANITORIAL STANDARDS

A.         GENERAL

           1. All stone,  ceramic,  tile,  marble,  terrazzo  and other  unwaxed
           flooring  to be  swept  nightly  on  Business  Days,  using  approved
           dust-down preparation; wash flooring once a month.

           2. All  linoleum,  rubber,  asphalt tile and other  similar  types of
           flooring  (that may be waxed) to be swept  nightly on Business  Days,
           using approved dust-down  preparation.  Waxing, if any, shall be done
           at LESSEE's expense.

           3. All  carpeting  and rugs to be  carpet  swept  or  vacuum  cleaned
           nightly on Business Days, as may be required.

           4. Hand dust and wipe clean all furniture, files, fixtures and window
sills nightly on Business Days;

           5. Dust interior of all waste paper disposal cans and baskets nightly
           on Business Days; damp dust as necessary.

           6. Wash clean all water coolers nightly on Business Days;

           7. Dust all door and  other  ventilating  louvers  within  reach,  as
necessary.

           8. Dust all telephones as necessary.

           9. Sweep all private stairway structures nightly on Business Days.

           10. Wipe clean all bright work weekly.

           11.  Interior  and  exterior of metal  elevator  car and hatch doors,
           including saddles, to be properly cleaned and treated as necessary.

           12.  Vacuum  clean  and  change  filters  in air  conditioning  units
semi-annually.

B.         LAVATORIES (BUILDING)

           1. Sweep and wash all lavatory  floors nightly on Business Days, wash
           and polish all  mirrors,  powder  shelves,  bright work and  enameled
           surfaces in lavatories, weekly.

           2. Scour, wash and disinfect all basins, bowls and urinals throughout
           all lavatories nightly on Business Days.

           3. Wash all toilet seats nightly on Business Days.

           4.  Hand  dust and clean all  partitions,  tile wall  dispensers  and
           receptacles in all lavatories nightly on Business Days.

           5. Empty paper towel  receptacles  and transport  wastepaper from the
           demised leased premises nightly on Business Days.

           6. Fill toilet tissue holders  nightly on Business Days (tissue to be
furnished by Owner).

           7. Empty sanitary disposal receptacles nightly on Business Days.

           8. Wash interior of waste cans and receptacles at least once a week.

           9.  Thoroughly  wash all wall  tile and  stall  surfaces  as often as
           necessary but in no event less than once every two weeks.

           10. Fill soap dispensers and paper towel dispensers (dispensers, soap
           and paper towels to be furnished by LESSOR at LESSOR's expense).

C.         HIGH DUSTING

           Do all high dusting quarterly, which includes the following:

           1. Dust clean all vertical surfaces, such as walls, partitions, doors
           and bucks and other surfaces not reached in nightly cleaning.

           2. Dust clean all pipes,  ventilating and air  conditioning  louvers,
           ducts,  high  moldings  and other high  areas not  reached in nightly
           cleaning.

           3. Dust all lighting fixtures,  including glass or plastic enclosures
(exterior only).

D.         WINDOW CLEANING

           1. All windows to be cleaned inside and outside, two times a year.

           2.  LESSEE's  entrance  doors and lobby glass to be cleaned  daily on
Business Days.

           3. All other interior  glass and a normal amount of partition  glass,
           glass doors and fan lights are to be cleaned twice a year.

           4. Mail chute glass to be kept in a clean condition at all times.

E.         DAY PORTERS

           1.  Service,  during  Business  Days all public and  operating  space
throughout the Building.

           2. Keep elevator cars clean and neat during the day on Business Days.

           3. Insert  toilet  tissue in  lavatories  (tissue to be  furnished by
           LESSOR) as necessary on Business Days.

           4. Keep staircases policed as necessary on Business Days.

           5. Fill soap  dispensers and paper towel  dispensers on Business Days
           (dispensers,  soap and  paper  towels  to be  furnished  by LESSOR at
           LESSOR's expense).


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT E

                               RULES & REGULATIONS

I.         The following regulations are generally applicable:

           1. The public  sidewalks,  entrances,  passages,  courts,  elevators,
vestibules,  stairways, corridors or halls shall not be obstructed or encumbered
by LESSEE  (except as necessary  for  deliveries)  or used for any purpose other
than ingress and egress to and from the leased premises.

           2. No awnings,  curtains, blinds shades, screens or other projections
shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection  with,  any window of the
leased  premises or any outside  wall of the  Building  unless the same are of a
quality, type, design and color, and attached in the manner, reasonably approved
by LESSOR.

           3. No show  cases  or  other  articles  shall  be put in  front of or
affixed to any part of the  exterior of the  Building,  nor places in the halls,
corridors or vestibules.

           4. The water and wash closets and other  plumbing  fixtures shall not
be used for any  purposes  other  than those for which  they were  designed  and
constructed, and no sweepings,  rubbish, rags, acids or like substances shall be
deposited therein.

           5. LESSEE  shall not use the leased  premises or any part  thereof or
permit the leased premises or any part thereof to be used as a public employment
bureau or for the sale of property of any kind at auction,  except in connection
with LESSEE's business as permitted in the Lease.

           6. LESSEE must, upon the  termination of its tenancy,  restore to the
LESSOR all locks,  cylinders  and keys to offices and toilet rooms of the leased
premises.

           7. The LESSOR  reserves  the right (but  assumes  no  obligation)  to
exclude  from the  Building  between the hours of 6 p.m.  and 8 a.m.  and at all
hours on Sunday and  holidays  all persons  connected  with or calling  upon the
LESSEE who do not present a pass to the Building signed by the LESSEE.

           8.  The  requirements  of  LESSEE  will  be  attended  to  only  upon
application  at the  Building  manager's  office.  Employees of LESSOR shall not
perform any work or do  anything  outside of the regular  duties,  unless  under
special instructions from the office of the LESSOR.

           9. There  shall not be used in any space,  or in the public  halls of
the  Building,  either by LESSEE or by  jobbers or others,  in the  delivery  or
receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires
and side guards.

           10. No  bicycles,  vehicles  or  animals of any kind shall be brought
into or kept in or about the leased premises.

           11. No LESSEE  shall  make,  or permit to be made,  any  unseemly  or
disturbing  noises or disturb or interfere  with  occupants of the Building.  No
LESSEE shall throw  anything out of the doors,  windows or skylights or down the
passageways.

           12. The leased  premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or
for any immoral or illegal purpose.

           13.  LESSEE  shall  co-operate  with  LESSOR  in  obtaining   maximum
effectiveness  of the cooling  system by closing  draperies when sun's rays fall
directly on windows of leased premises.

           14.  LESSOR  shall have the  right,  exercisable  without  notice and
without  liability to any LESSEE,  to change the name and street  address of the
Building.

II. The following  regulations  are applicable to any additions,  alterations or
improvements being undertaken by or for LESSEE in the leased premises:

A.         GENERAL

           1. All alterations,  installations or improvements ("Alterations") to
be made  by  LESSEE  in,  to or  about  the  leased  premises  shall  be made in
accordance with the requirements of this Exhibit and by contractors or mechanics
approved by LESSOR.

           2. LESSEE shall,  prior to the  commencement of any work,  submit for
LESSOR's written approval,  complete plans for the Alterations.  Drawings are to
be complete with full details and specifications for all of the Alterations.

           3.  Alterations  must comply with the Building Code applicable to the
Property and the requirements,  rules and regulations and any other governmental
agencies having jurisdiction.

           4. To the  extent  that the same is  required  by  applicable  law or
regulation,  no work shall be  permitted  to commence  without the LESSOR  being
furnished  with a valid  building or demolition  permit and all other  necessary
approvals from agencies having jurisdiction.

           5. All  demolition,  removals  or other  categories  of work that may
inconvenience  other LESSEEs or disturb Building  operations,  must be scheduled
and performed  before or after normal working hours and LESSEE shall provide the
Building  manager with at least 24 hours' notice prior to  proceeding  with such
work.

           6. All inquiries, submissions,  approvals and all other matters shall
be processed through the Building manager.

B.         PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK

           1. LESSEE shall  submit to the Building  manager a request to perform
the  work.  To the  extent  that the  same are  required  by  applicable  law or
regulation,  or are  customarily  produced for similar  work,  the request shall
include the following enclosures:

           (i) A list of LESSEE's contractors and/or subcontractors for LESSOR's
reasonable approval.

           (ii) Four complete sets of plans and specifications  properly stamped
           by a registered architect or professional engineer.

           (iii) A properly executed building permit application form.

           (iv) Four executed  copies of the insurance  policies or certificates
           from  LESSEE's  contractor  and,  if  requested  by LESSOR,  from the
           contractor's subcontractors.

           2.  LESSOR  will  return to LESSEE  two sets of plans  approved  or a
disapproval with specific  comments as to the reasons therefor (such approval or
comments shall not constitute a waiver of approval of governmental agencies).

           3. LESSEE shall obtain a building permit from the Building Department
and  necessary  permits  from  other  governmental  agencies.  LESSEE  shall  be
responsible for keeping  current all permits.  LESSEE shall submit copies of all
approved  plans and permits to LESSOR and shall post the original  permit on the
leased premises prior to the commencement of any work. All work, if performed by
a contractor or  subcontractor,  shall be subject to reasonable  supervision and
inspection by LESSOR's representative.  Such supervision and inspection shall be
at LESSEE's  sole expense and LESSEE shall pay LESSOR's  reasonable  charges for
such supervision and inspection.

C.         REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES

           1. All structural and floor loading  requirements shall be subject to
the prior approval of LESSOR's structural engineer.

           2. All  mechanical  (HVAC,  plumbing and  sprinkler)  and  electrical
requirements  shall be  subject  to the  approval  of  LESSOR's  mechanical  and
electrical  engineers and all mechanical and electrical  work shall be performed
by  contractors  who are  reasonably  approved by LESSOR or engaged by LESSOR in
maintaining the Building.  When necessary,  LESSOR will require  engineering and
shop drawings, which drawings must be approved by LESSOR before work is started.
Drawings  are to be  prepared by LESSEE and all  approvals  shall be obtained by
LESSEE.

           3. Elevator service for construction  work shall be charged to LESSEE
at standard  Building rates.  Prior  arrangements for elevator use shall be made
with Building manager by LESSEE. No material or equipment shall be carried under
or on top of  elevators.  If an  operating  engineer  is  required  by any union
regulations, such engineer shall be paid for by LESSEE.

           4. If shutdown of risers and mains for  electrical,  HVAC,  sprinkler
and  plumbing  work is  required,  such work  shall be  supervised  by  LESSOR's
representative. No work will be performed in Building mechanical equipment rooms
without LESSOR's approval and under LESSOR's supervision.

           5. LESSEE's contractor shall:

           (i) have a  superintendent  or foreman on the leased  premises at all
times;

           (ii)  police the job at all  times,  continually  keeping  the leased
premises orderly;

           (iii) maintain  cleanliness  and  protection of all areas,  including
elevators and lobbies.

           (iv)  protect  the front  and top of all  peripheral  HVAC  units and
           thoroughly clean them at the completion of work;

           (v) block off supply and return  grills,  diffusers and ducts to keep
           dust from entering into the Building air conditioning system; and

           (vi) avoid the disturbance of other LESSEEs.

           6.   If   LESSEE's   contractor   is   negligent   in   any   of  its
responsibilities, LESSEE shall be charged for corrective work.

           7. All  equipment  and  installations  must be equal to the standards
generally in effect with respect to the remainder of the Building. Any deviation
from such  standards  will be  permitted  only if  indicated or specified on the
plans and specifications and approved by LESSOR.

           8. A properly  executed air balancing report signed by a professional
engineer shall be submitted to LESSOR upon the completion of all HVAC work.

           9. Upon completion of the Alterations,  LESSEE shall submit to LESSOR
a  permanent   certificate   of  occupancy  and  final  approval  by  the  other
governmental agencies having jurisdiction.

           10. LESSEE shall submit to LESSOR a final  "as-built" set of drawings
showing all items of the Alterations in full detail.

           11. Additional and differing provisions in the Lease, if any, will be
applicable and will take precedence.

           12. LESSOR's approval of the plans, drawings, specifications or other
submissions  in respect of any work,  addition,  alteration or improvement to be
undertaken by or on behalf of LESSEE shall create no liability or responsibility
on the part of LESSOR for their  completeness,  design sufficiency or compliance
with   requirements  of  any  applicable  laws,  rules  or  regulations  of  any
governmental or quasi-governmental agency, board or authority.

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5

<CIK>                         0000881695
<NAME>                        Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc.


<S>                                            <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                  6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                   JUN-30-1999

<CASH>                                         17,518,734
<SECURITIES>                                   17,796,284
<RECEIVABLES>                                   2,755,955
<ALLOWANCES>                                      400,000
<INVENTORY>                                     3,978,105
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               45,126,869
<PP&E>                                          5,669,871
<DEPRECIATION>                                  4,210,114
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 47,498,289
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          18,679,597
<BONDS>                                         2,844,242
                                   0
                                            60
<COMMON>                                          110,288
<OTHER-SE>                                     25,864,102
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   47,498,289
<SALES>                                        19,007,786
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               19,007,786
<CGS>                                           9,207,021
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   9,207,021
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                  279,637
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                        0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                363,916
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                36,167,417
<INCOME-TAX>                                    2,500,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            33,667,417
<DISCONTINUED>                                   (435,000)
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                (6,167,369)
<CHANGES>                                              0
<NET-INCOME>                                   33,232,417
<EPS-BASIC>                                          3.23
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        2.99


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission